Skip to main content

Full text of "Elements of Inductive Logic"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



► 



TJ 



ELEMEMTS 



or 



INDUCTIVE LOGIC 



\fvr 

NOAH KTOAVIB, Ph.D., LL.D. 

raorssor of moral philosophy in thb uniter8itt of yirginia 

and author of "the theort of thought'* 

'* kluiknts of deductive logic '* etc. 



'On 9e(enHcB fttfutamentmm mC dt&n foMtg^imk 




* 



NEW YORK •:• CINCINNATI •:• CHICAGO 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



Oopyrigbt, 1896, by Uabfib Sl fiROiBEB& 



AU riohU returvetL 
w. p. 3 






4 



PEEFAOE 



Q In preparing the present treatise, I have kept in view 

the need of collegians and of graduate students in the 
universities, and endeavored to furnish them with a satis- 
factory hand-book on Induction. The few pages in popu- 
lar treatises on Deductive Logic usually allotted to this 
co-ordinate branch, being utterly inadequate and dispro- 
portionate and thereby greatly underrating its extent and 
importance, should be replaced by a separate treatise com- 
prehending at least the principal elements of Induction, 
and opening the way for its full investigation and applica- 
tion. In the hope of supplying this want, I offer to stu- 
dents well advanced in the schools the work in hand. 

Special students engaged in the pursuit of physical 
science, who have not enjoyed a full course in Logic, need 
a compact hand-book on Induction, in order to gain a 
clearer insight into the principles of the methods they are 
employing, and thus to avoid a waste of energy, and the 
discouragement of blunders in the dark. To this class of 
students also, and to the general reader who desires a 
clearer knowledge of his own mental processes and of 
those of the scientist skilled in the discovery of truth, my 
work is hopefully addressed. 

With these ends in view, I have earnestly tried, first of 
all, to be true in matter, then clear and distinct in its treat- 
ment. Whoever is acquainted with the literature of the 



iv PREFACE 



subject will recognize my helps, and will, at the same 
time, accord to me some fair measure of independence. A 
profusion of illustration has been used, drawn largely from 
the humbler departments of knowledge, yet in many cases 
taken from the physical sciences, not for display, but for 
service, avoiding recondite examples, the purpose being to 
teach, not physics, but Logic. 

The text in the larger type is for the tyro. The many 
marginal notes, which have been added with much pains, 
are for the scholarly reader who desires further information. 
The abundant references to authorities not only indicate 
my own sources, but will serve to direct those interested 
to wider fields. As some acquaintance with Deduction 
is prerequisite to the understanding of Induction, I have 
ventured to make references to my " Elements of Dedlictive 
Logic," the companion of the present work, also a few to 
" The Theory of Thought," and to my « Elements of Psy- 
chology." I ask indulgence for these references, trusting 
that the bad taste will be neutralized by their helpfulness 
to those who may have the books at hand. 

To Professor Collins Denny, of Vanderbilt University 
I am gratefully indebted for encouragement, and for very 
many valuable suggestions. 

Noah K. Davis. 

D'friYBBSITT OF VlAOINIA. 



CONTENTS 



I.— DEFINITION 

Page 
§ 1. Logic defined and divided 1 

§ 2. In both branches a science of fonns 1 

§ 3. Induction distinguished from deduction and defined. . 4 

§ 4. Induction synthetic in extension and intension 7 

§ 6. Analytic judgments distinguished 8 

§ 6. Induction a generalization from experience 10 

§ 7. Pure truths distinguished from empirical 11 

§ 8. Induction a generalization beyond experience 14 

§ 9. Summary or closed generalization distinguished 15 

§ 10. Identification to establish a minor distinguished 16 

§ 11. Search after causal relation distinguished 19 

§ 12. The definition adequate and real 21 

II.— PRINCIPLES 

§ 18. Additional principles requisite for induction 22 

§ 14. General meaning of cause and condition 22 

§ 15. No simple cause or effect. Preventive cause 24 

§ 16. Theoretic view. Definitions of cause and effect 26 

§ 17. Recent scientific view of causation 27 

§ 18. The principle or axiom of change 29 

§ 19. The first principle or axiom of uniformity 31 

§ 20. Plurality of effects, its maxim. Joint effects 33 

§ 21. The second principle or axiom of uniformity 85 

§ 22. Plurality of causes, its maxim. Resultant motion 87 

§ 23. Uniformity of nature. The axioms compared 89 



VI CONTENTS 

m.— PROCESS 

Page 
§ 24. An inductive inference exemplified 41 

§ 25. Its conformity to tlie definition and axioms 41 

§ 26. Its immediate character. Formulas 43 

§ 27. Aristotle's inductive syllogism examined 44 

§ 28. Hamilton's inductive syllogism criticised 46 

§ 29. Whately's and Mill's syllogism criticised 47 

§ 30. General objections to the syllogistic view 48 

§ 31. The function and application of forms 50 

§ 32. Induction immediate. Preparatory process 51 

IV.— OBSERVATION 

§ 38. Phenomena of coexistence and of succession 54 

§ 34. Observation illustrated. Its two modes 55 

§ 85. Simple observation. Its application 57 

§ 36. Experimental observation. Its prerogatives 59 

V. —ENUMERATION 

§ 37. Description. Two kinds of enumeration 62 

§ 38. Canon and formula of enumeration of cases 63 

§ 39. The justification of this form of induction 64 

§ 40. Its practical and scientific value 66 

§41. Analogy distinguished from metaphor, and described.. 67 

§ 42. Canon and formula of enumeration of marks 69 

§ 43. Justification and limitation of analogy. Examples. . . 71 

§ 44. Its practical and scientific value 73 

VI.— PROBABILITY 

§ 45. Certainty discriminated. Range of probability 76 

§ 46. Practical importance of probable estimates 78 

§ 47. Significance of exceptional cases 80 

§ 48. Chance occurrence and concuiTence 82 

§ 49. Calculation of chance. Two special cases 84 

§ 50. Separation of casual from causal phenomena. Canon . 88 

§ 51. The elimination of chance concurrences 9^ 

§ 52. The general valuation of probabilities 94 

§ 53. Their numerical valuation. Statistics 93 



• • 



0ONTBNT8 Vll 

VII.— DIFFERENCE 

Page 

§ 54. Scientific or perfect induction. Canon 102 

§ 55. Methods of determining causal relations 108 

§ 56. The Method of Difference. Canon and formula 105 

§ 57. Examples of the method from simple observation 107 

§ 58. Examples from experimental observation. Tests 109 

§ 59. Formulas of induction and deduction Ill 

§ 60. The Method of Residue. Canon and formula 112 

§ 61. Examples of discoveiy by this method 114 

VIII.— AGREEMENT 

§ 62. The Method of Agreement. Canon and formula 116 

§ 68. Examples of the application of this method 118 

§ 64. General precautions relative to the methods 120 

§ 65. Imperfection of the method of agreement 122 

g 66. Its results oi^ly probable. Its scientific value 128 

§ 67. The Method of Double Agreement. Canon and for- 
mula 125 

§ 68. Illustration of its application. Its prerogatives 127 

g 69. A standard example, the research on dew 128 

IX.— CONCOMITANCE 

§ 70. Method of Concomitant Variations. Canon and for- 
mula 130 

g 71. Illustration of its application and insufficiency 182 

§ 72. Examples of direct and inverse concomitance 133 

^ 78. Measurement of quantity, the mark of advanced sci- 
ence 135 

§ 74. The service of this method in developing a science. . . 137 
§ 75. Three limitations to a quantitative induction 138 

X.— DEDUCTION 

§ 76. Deductions subsequent to induction. Discovery 141 

§ 77. Deductions precedent. Two classes of effects 146 

§ 78. The Method of Deduction. Canon and formula 148 

§ 79. Three stages in the procedure. Example 151 



Vni CONTENTS 

XI.— HYPOTHESIS 

Page 

g 80. The universal use of suppositioD or hypothesis 155 

§ 81. Supposition involved in all the methods of science. . 158 
g 82. Formal use of hypothesis in the deductive method. . 160 

§ 88. Definition of scientific hypothesis 162 

§ 84. Hypothesis of cause with known law. Vera causa, . 162 
g 85. Hypothesis of law with known cause. Other forms. 165 

§ 86. Rival hypotheses. InstanticB cntcts 168 

§ 87. Verification alone not proof. Power of prediction. . 169 

§ 88. Proof of an hypothesis, two steps. Illustrated 171 

§ 89. Example of the use of this method by Newton 174 

XII.— NATURAL LAW 

§ 90. General definition of law 177 

§ 91. Formal and material law. . . , 178 

I 92. Moral and natural law 179 

§ 98. Distribution of natural law 182 

§ 94. Empirical laws of coexistence , 183 

g 95. Empirical laws of succession 185 

g 96. Rational derivative laws. Examples 187 

g 97. Explanation in its philosophical sense 190 

g 98. Laws of Nature. Examples 198 

g 99. Inductive sciences becoming deductive 197 

g 100. The number of the ultimate Laws of Nature 199 

Index 201 



ELEMENTS OF 

INDUCTIVE LOGIC 



I.— DEFINITION 

§ 1. Logic is the science of the necessazy 
forms of thought. Tbis is the definition of pure 
logic as distinguished from modified and from ap- 
plied logic, and from what is called material logic. 
Pure logic, or simply logic, is divided primarily into 
Deductive Logic and Inductive Logic. The specific 
difference between these will come to light as we 
proceed. The latter only is the subject of the pres- 
ent treatise. 

§ 2. In undertaking to expound the theory of in- 
duction, it is important to state and insist at the 
outset that the limitation to forms of thought is as 
proper to this branch of logic as it is to deduction. 
A number of writers on logic take a contrary view, 
holding that Deductive Logic is formal. Inductive 
Logic material; the one having to do subjectively 



2 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

with the laws of thought, the other objectively with 
the laws of things ; the one being the logic of con- 
sistency, the other the logic of truth, especially of 
science ; the one being a priori^ the other a posteri- 
ori in the sense that it considers the character of in- 
dividual things or their classes, and thence rises by 
induction to their laws. These striking antitheses 
are not justifiable. It is impossible to treat of any 
matter unless in some form ; the laws of thought 
accord with and lead to the laws of things, as every 
natural realist maintains ; each branch must require 
self-consistency and be truth-giving, else it is worth- 
less ; and the theory of induction, as well as that of 
deduction, is a priori, since it likewise demonstrates 
its canons, starting from axiomatic principles (§ 4),^ 

There are other writers on logic who take an ex- 
treme view, holding that both Deductive and Induc- 
tive Logic are material, that logic in general is an 
empirical and not a formal science, having to do with 
things and laws of things rather than with forms and 
laws of thought.' 

^ The reference is to the companion treatise entitled ** Elements of 
Deductive Logic " (Harper & Brothers). See a discussion of the several 
terms of the definitioq of Logic in Chapter I. of its Introduction. 
References to that treatise are in Italics. Figures in Roman type (as 
§ 45) relate to the present treatise. 

• Writers adhering to the school of material logicians, if it may be 
so called, usually claim Mr. J. S. Mill as its founder. Prominent 
among them is Mr. Venn, notably in his " Empirical Logic." Elsewhere 
he says : " With what may be called the Material view of Logic as 
-apposed to the Formal or Oonceptualist — with that which regards it 
a£ taking cognizance of laws of Things and not of the laws of our own 
minds in thinking about things — I am in entire accordance." Zogic 



DEF119IT10H 3 

But logic, thronghont both deduction and induc- 
tion, treats only of form, regardless of matter. To 
consider the matter of thonght in either branch 
would, as Aristotle says, require omniscience, for sci- 
ences are possibly infinite ; but the forms of thought 
being few can be comprised in a single treatise, and 
being the same for all varieties of matter, they alone 
need to be studied in their abstract generality in or- 
der to discover the necessary processes by which 
truth is attained (§ 6). This, then, is the sole prov- 
ince of logic : To unfold the formal principles and 
deduce from them the formal laws by which we think 
material things and their laws.* 

of Chance, Preface, p. x. Afterward (ch. x., § 2) he quotes with 
approbation Mr. Miirs saying that the oonceptualist view is *^ one of 
the most fatal errors ever introduced into the philosophy of Logic." — 
Mill, LoffiCy p. 74 (Harper's ed.). For a detailed exposition of Mr. 
Miirs views, see his " Examination of Hamilton's Philosophy," ch. xx. 
Mr. Yenn, notwithstanding his emphatic endorsement of Mr. Mill, gives 
us an elaborate work on ** Symbolic Logic," which is necessarily and 
essentially formal throughout ; and Mr. Mill in one place very truly says : 
** The business of Inductive Logic is to provide rules and models (such 
as the Syllogism and its rules are for ratiocination) to which, if induc- 
tive arguments conform, those arguments are conclusive, and not other- 
wise." — Logic, p. 808. Moreover, both Mr. Venn and Mr. Mill in all 
their logical writings are constantly, and though inconsistently yet hap- 
pily, occupied with an exposition of the forms of thought, illustrated 
by material examples. Otherwise, indeed, these writings would not 
be merely on Logic, but de omnibtta rebica et quibuadam cUiis, The 
obscurity which seems to cling so strangely and persistently in these 
latter davs to the Aristotelic distinction between the form and the 
matter of thought, is very remarkable. 

1 As Logic treats of the forms of thought, so Grammar treats of 
the forms of speech, and Rhetoric of the forms of style. See Hamil- 
ton, Di9cu88ion$, article Logic, p. 189 (Harper's ed.). 



fc.. 

4 ELEMJfiNTS OJ' iKDtrCTlVE LOGIC 

It should henceforth be clearly and constantly 
noted that the various technical terms used in treat- 
ing induction are names of forms, or second inten- 
tions. Some of these are : judgment B.nd proposition, 
gentcs and speoies, inference, syllogism, phenomenon, 
circumstcmce, instance or case, cause and efect, ante- 
cedent and consequent, eoiperience, observation, gener- 
alization, v/niformiiy, law. As elsewhere, however, 
we shall here also freely use material examples and 
illustrations in first intentions or names of things, 
that the reader, while never failing to distinguish the 
form from the naatter, may be enabled to grasp more 
firmly the form by means of concrete matter em- 
bodying it (§ 6). 

§ 3. Judgments are primarily of two kinds, intui- 
tions and inferences (§ 77), Intuitions are self-evi- 
dent, necessary judgments, and are divided into em- 
pirical and pure. In these all knowledge has its 
beginning ; they determine all other judgments. In- 
ferences are enunciations in which from something 
laid down and admitted, something distinct from 
what is laid down follows of necessity.' To infer, 

' It has been questioned whether this Aristotelic definition of Syl- 
logism, " Analyt Prior," i., 1, will, as to its last term "of necessity," 
apply to inductive, as it unquestionably does to deductive, inference. 
Alexander of Aphrodisias, the Exegete (200 ▲.d.), in his "Schol. ad 
Topica," p. 268, intimates that Aristotle included necessary sequence 
in this definition for the specific purpose of distinguishing deduction 
by syllogism from induction, a sequence that is not necessary. This 
view has been generally adopted. But necessity here means only that 
one cannot grant the premises and deny the conclusion without contra- 



DEFDnnON 5 

then, is to derive a judgment from one or more pre- 
mised judgments. Inferences also are of two kinds, 
deductive and inductive. 

Deductive inferences are judgments having a gen- 
erality equal to or less than the premises from which 
they are derived. We may proceed deductively from 
aU to aU^ from some to 8<ym£. and from ail to some^ 
but not from some to aU (§ 79). Except in quantita- 
tive cases, which compare masses, deduction is the de- 
termination or specification of a class notion ; it de- 
scends the logical scale (§ 4^), and thus is a priori. 
It does not generalize, but specifies by inference 
from intuitions or from inductions. 

Inductive inference, on the contrary, by virtue of 
principles to be presently discussed, ascends the log- 
ical scale ; it generalizes, proceeding from the par- 
ticular or the less general to the universal, from some 
to aU^ and thus, in the application of its demon- 
strated theorems or canons, it is a posteriori. The 
inference from som£ to all completes the possible 
procedures, since every judgment concerns either all 
or soms of its subject (§ 62y 

dieting axiomatic truth ; and it would seem, when the inductSve prem- 
ise expresses a causal relation perfectly ascertained (and the theory 
presumes perfection), that the induction of a universal follows of ne- 
cessity, in the sense stated. Hence we have ventured to use this 
definition as a definition of inference in general, including deductive 
inference (both immediate and mediate) and inductive inference. 

' '* Induction is inferring a proposition from premises ten general 
than itself, and Ratiocination [Deduction] is inferring a proposition 
from premises egtuUly or more general" — Mill, Logic, p. 126. 

It is worth noting that the names Deduction and Induction happily 
express by their etymology (Lat de-ducere and in-dueere) the inverse 



6 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

This division of the genns inference into deduction 
and induction, differentiating the latter as a general- 
ization, prepares us for an exact and full definition, 
thus: Induction is an immediate synthetic 
inference generalizing from and beyond 
experience.' 

correlation of the processes. The one is to lead or draw from estab- 
lished generalities new particulars, the other is to lead or draw in un- 
observed particulars under new generalities. In both the procedure 
is from the known to«the previously unknown. 

* " Induction is the process from particulars to universals.** — ^Aris- 
totle, Toptca^ i.y 12. 

" Iiiductlonem enim censemus earn esse demonstrandi formam, 
quoe sensum tuetur et naturam premit et operibus imminet ac fere im- 
miscetur. ... At secundum nos, axiomata [propositiones] continentur 
et gradatim excitantur, ut nonnisi postremo loco ad generalissima ve- 
niatur.'* — Bacon, Instauraiio Mctgna^ DisL Op., p. 8. 

** Induction is a kind of argument which infers, respecting a whole 
class, what has been ascertained respecting one or more individuals 
of that class." — Whately, Logic^ Index. 

Induction is **a formal illation of the universal from the individ- 
ual, as legitimated solely by the laws of thought, and abstract from 
the conditions of this or that particular matter." — Hamilton, Discus- 
sums, p. 167. 

**When, having discovered by observation and comparison that 
certain objects agree in certain respects, we generalize the qualities in 
which they coincide, that is, when from a certain number of individ- 
ual instances we infer a general law, we perform what is called an 
act of Induction." — Hamilton, Metaphysics, p. 72. 

" Induction is usually defined to be the process of drawing a gen- 
eral law from a sufficient number of particular cases ; Deduction is the 
converse process of proving that some property belongs to a particular 
case, from the consideration that it comes under a general law." — 
Thomson, Outline of the Laws of Thought, % 118. 

" Induction is a term applied to describe the process of a true Col- 
ligation of Facts by means of an exact and appropriate Conception." 
Whewell, Novum Organon Jtenovatum, bk. ii., aphorism 18. 



DEFINITION 7 

§ 4. In the definition are collected a number of 
terms needful to further discriminations. That the 
inference is immediate will be clearly established in 
a subsequent discussion (§§ 24-32). 

That the inference is synthetic is evident, since it 
concludes more than the content of its premise. 
When from Some men a/re mortals^ we infer AU 
TTien a/re m^yiiMs^ the subject is augmented, enlarged 
from the narrow Som^ m£n of whom we know, to 
the wide universal AU m£n; thus adding to the 
general class notion something not already contained 
in it. Besides, the content of the predicate is aug- 
mented ; for in the premise 8(me men a/re mortals, 

'* Induction may be defined, the operation of dlsoovering and prov- 
ing general propositions.'* — Mill, Logic, p. 208. 

" Induction is that operation of the mind by which we infer that 
what we know to be true in a particular case or cases will be true In 
all cases which resemble the former in certidn assignable respects. 
In other words, Induction is the process by which we conclude that 
what is true of certain individuals of a class is true of the whole class, 
or that what is true at certain times will be true in similar oircum-- 
stances at all times." — Mill, Logic, p» 210. 

" Induction may be summarily defined as Generalization from Ex- 
perience. It consists in inferring from some individual instances in 
which a phenomenon is observed to occur that it occurs in all in- 
stances of a certain class ; namely, in all which resemble the former, 
in what are regarded as the material circumstances," — Mill, Logic^ 
p. 228. 

** Induction is the generalization of conjoined properties, on the ob- 
servation of indiTidual instances." — Bain, Logic^ Int., § 64w 

** Induction is the arriving at General Propositions, by means of 
Observation or fact." — Bain, Logic, bk. iii., oh. i, § 1. 

'^ Induction, or the process of generalizing an attribute, observed in 
certain objects, over the whole class to which they belong." — ^Venn, 
Empirical Logic, p. xvi 



8 BLBUENTS OF INDUOTIVE LOGIC 

the class DOtioo mortdla 1b only said to coDtaln aorne 
men, whereas in the coDclusion AU men a/re mortals 
the notion Tnartals contains under it aU m,en. This 
adding to both subject and predicate ib a double syn- 
thesis. 

Changing the form from extension to intension 
(§ SO) the synthesis remaine. From Some men are 
mortal, we infer AU men are mortal. Here the 
mark mortal, which in the premise is attributed to 
soms men only, is in the conclusion attributed to all 
men. The content of the all men is thereby en- 
larged by a synthesis of the mark mortal; and the 
mark itself is synthetically enlarged from its narrow 
attribution to eom^ men, to its wide attribntion to all 
m^en. Thus in this view also we find a double syn- 
thesis.' 

§ 6. The term synthetic in the definition cleats 
induction of a large and important class of judg- 
ments which are not synthetic, but analytic. When 
a predicate belongs to a subject as something which 
is already though covertly contained in it, the judg- 
ment is analytic ; as, Man is an anvnuil, Matter ia 
extended, Bia-da are oviparous, Table-aalt is a chlo- 
ride. Such a predicate adds nothing to the con- 
ception of the subject, but merely unfolds a constit- 
ncnt- mark, essential and original, which is thought 
iy though confusedly in the subject. This 

Mre seems to have been a gre&t deal at confusidn on thia very 
matter. Bee, for eiplanalions, Hamilton, Mttaphytia, p. 73; 
igtc, p. 887. Cf. Venn, Empirieal LoffK, p. 866 aq. 



DEFINITION 9 

form of predication, then, is analytic, a judgment of 
partial identity affirming of a Bubject a portion of its 
essence.* 

Moreover, every logical definition, being a full ex- 
plication of the original and essential marks of the 
definitum, is an analytic judgment ; as, Man is a ra- 
tional animal, MaMer is extended substance, A bird 
is a feathered oviparous winged biped, Toiler-salt is 
sodium chloride, also the general definition of Logic, 
and that of Induction now under discussion. All such 
judgments being analytic, must be set apart from in- 
ductions. Likewise must be set apart all derivatives 
from analytic judgments ; as, Mam, is sentient, Mat- 
ter is di/visible. Birds incubate. Table-salt is binary. 
These are not inductions. Their generality arises, 
not from induction, but from the original forming of 
a class notion and its definition (§§ 16, 35). 

An important consequence of the foregoing dis- 
tinction is that induction is always and only of log- 
ical accidents ; for the essence of a subject is attained 
by its analysis, which essence being predicated yields 
an analytic judgment. It is often difficult to distin- 
guish between essence and accident, a mark supposed 
to be the one sometimes turning out on closer in- 
spection to be the other. We may be practically 
embarrassed *by this difficulty ; still it is clear, that 
induction is of accidents only, not of essence. 

We have already discriminated deduction from in- 

' A statement of the Kantian distribution of judgments into analyt- 
ic and synthetic will be found in ** The Theory of Thought " (Harper & 
Bros.), p. 98. 



10 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

• 

duction ; we may take now another view of the dis 
tinction. While induction is synthetic, deduction is 
analytic, since it concludes only a part of the content 
of its premises. Under All men are mortals sub- 
sume AU kings are men, concluding All kings are 
mortals. The conclusion is of narrower generality 
than the major premise. The process analyzes or 
resolves the notion men into its constituents Tcmgs 
and non-TcingSy and concludes concerning the former 
only. Deduction, therefore, is analytic, and thus is 
essentially distinct from and logically opposed to in- 
duction. 

§ 6. The definition limits the inductive inference 
still further to generalization from experience. 

A practical acquaintance with any particular mat- 
ter by simple observation or by experiment is an ex- 
perience. Truth thus known is called empirical 
truth. The generalization of induction, since its 
ground is experience, is likewise called empirical. 
But let it be noted that an experience is always and 
only of a particular individual fact or truth ; there is 
no experience of a general fact or truth, this being a 
product of thinking. An inference a posteriori or 
from experience is not necessarily true, nor has it in- 
dependent universality, since it is conditioned on the 
existing order of things. Moreover, every experi- 
ence is attended by some uncertainty, for Jthe closest 
observation of the simplest fact is liable at least to 
what is called an error of sense, and so far is doubt- 
ful. This possibility injects a corresponding uncer- 



DEFINITION 11 

tainty into the inferred generality. Hence the ab- 
sence of strict certainty, necessity, and universality is 
characteristic of empirical knowledge, that derived 
from experience.' 

§ 7. To empirical truth evolved by induction is 
opposed pure truth, that is, truth not derived from 
experience, but given in intuition.' Pure intuitions 
in the forms of purely intellectual or non-sensuous 
ideas and principles are characterized by strict cer- 
tainty, necessity, and universality. Such are the ideas 
of apdce^ of time^ of causation^ of right; such are 
the principles or axioms of pure mathematics, as 
Two intersecting strmght lines cannot enclose cm 



^ Empirical, from ifiirttpia ; experience, from experiri. Empirical 
knowledge, the knowledge of experience, is the knowledge that a 
thing is, yvwffig on eort. Speculative or philosophical knowledge, the 
knowledge of ratiocination, is the knowledge why or how a thing is, 
yvta(r(c Sion iotu See motto on the title-page, taken from Trendelen- 
burg, "Elem. Log. Arist" The distinction, in these terms, is made by 
Aristotle in many places, e. g., rb fikv oti tUv aiaOriTiKiiv tiSkvai, 
rb dk Sion rStv fiaBrifiariaiaVt etc. — Anal. Post, i, 13. Themistius, his 
parapbrast, says : Sid rov mifitlov filv itc rb on, Sid Oaripov Sk d»c rb 
Sion. See Grote, Arigtotle, ch. Til p. 822. For empirical, see Ham- 
ilton, MetaphyahSy lee. iii. 

^ Empirical intuitions, and the inferences from them characterizing 
mediate perceptions, are discussed in my ** Elements of Psychology,'* 
§§ 87, 96, 167. For pure intuitions, see Id. §§ 118, 124. Also the 
foot-note in this volume, p. 80. A full consideration of pure truths 
belongs to pbilosophy, not to logic. Differing views are held as to 
their origin and the ground of their undisputed imiversality. Tiiese 
views do not specially concern us here. Logic needs only to distin* 
guish pure truths from unquestionable inductions, in order to set them, 
with their direct consequences, clearly apart. 



12 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

a/rea ; also those of logic, as the primary laws (§ 7) ; 
also those of ethics, as Trespass is wrong. Every 
rule derived from experience has actual, or possible, 
or at least conceivable, exceptions ; but a rule intui- 
tively discerned by pure reason has universal, un- 
limited univei*sality, has no exception in all the uni- 
verse of things. An exception is impossible even 
in thought. 

Let it be remarked that, while pure truth is gen- 
eral in the highest sense, its generality is attained 
neither by class generalization nor by induction, but 
by intuition. When upon an empirical occasion such 
truth is intellectively discerned, it is at once, without 
any logical process beyond abstraction, seen by the 
pure intellect or reason to be strictly universal. 
Hence it is not the result of inductive inference, nor 
indeed of any kind of inference. 

Also we remark that pure principles are synthetic, 
since the predicate adds something to the subject 
not already contained in it. But they are not, like 
inductions, synthetic a posteriori^ but are synthetic 
a priori^ a profound distinction referable to the exer- 
cise of pure reason.' 

* The phrases a priori and a posteriori were used by the schoolmen 
in a sense derived from Aristotle, the former to denote an inference 
from cause to effect, the latter to denote an inference from effect to 
cause. More commonly now, in Logic, they are used to distinguish 
between the deduction of a special from general truth, and the induc- 
tion of a general truth from observed facts. In Philosophy, knowledge 
a prioriy according to Eant, is that which is independent of all expe- 
rience and logically prior to it ; knowledge a posteriori is that acquired 
by observation of facts, and therefore dependent on and logically pos- 



DJSFlNlTiOK Id 

By the foregoing criteria pure intuitive truth is 
distinguished, and should never be confused with the 
empirical generalities obtained by induction. The 
importance of this clearance cannot be overestimated. 
Its diflBculty is enhanced by the fact that both pure 
and empirical truths, though so widely distinct in 
origin and character, are constantly and intimately 
connected, and are therefore especially liable to con- 
fusion. In the present treatise we shall be largely 
concerned with both kinds ; for logic in general con- 
sists essentially of pure truths with deductions from 
them of formal rules and canons, and incidentally 
makes application of these to matter, evolving mate- 
rial and empirical truths.^ 

tenor to Experience. The one is knowledge of pure, the other of 
empirical, truth. See Critique of Pure Reason^ Int. g 1 ; and Hamil- 
ton, Logie^ p. 886 Am. ed. 

^ Sciences which, like Logic, originate in and develop from pure 
truths or axioms, are strictly demonstrative and exclusively deductive 
(§ 108). Thus Inductive Logic is, as to its formal system, deductive. 
Also let it be noted that Pure Mathematics is exclusively deductive. 
This is sufficiently obvious, since the formal conclusions it deduces, 
being already completely general, cannot be further generalized (§ 130). 
It does not admit of any inductive inference. Many logicians have 
maintained the contrary, holding that the law of a series, such as 
Newton's binomial theorem, is obtained by induction, by generalizing 
from a few particulars. But upon consideration it will be seen that 
the law in each case is a deduction from the more general principles 
of multiplication as applied in permutation and combination. The 
given members of the series are subsumed, and the law deduced. Be- 
sides the already complete generality of all the propositions involved 
in the process, we point out that the inference to the law is not a syn- 
thetic, but an analytic, process. For example, take the simple series 

2, 4, 6, 8 . Its law is : The n*** term=2n. This is discovered 

by an analysis of the given terms, and adds nothing to what is given. 



14 ELEMENTS OF INDDCTtVE LOQIO 

§ 8. The definition limite the indnctive inference 
finally to generalization beyond experience. 

Induction centres in experience, bnt it makes a cir- 
cuit of untried regions, and, in accord with the ety- 
mology of the word, leads in or brings within its 
Bcope a vast aseemblage of truths otherwise nnknown. 
It goes far beyond experience, and by Bynthesie adds 
unobserved facts to our knowledge, very often ascer- 
taining with scientific accuracy facts that are perma- 
nently beyond the reach of possible observation. 
Moreover, it exhansts the field by its comprehensive 
all. This excursive and inclusive clean sweep is an 
especial characteristic of induction. 

An important consequence of the extension of the 
inductive inference beyond experience is its liability 
to inclnde, in the unexplored region, exceptional 
facts. It is true that in an inductive sequence ground- 
ed on thoroughly ascertained causal connection, seem- 
ing exceptions must be attributed to unknown coun- 
teracting cansee, and hence are not truly exceptions. 
Yet in our ignorance of the possibilities in the outer 
region, we are not, even in such case, strictly certain, 
and mnst admit the notion of possible, or at least 
conceivable, exceptions. For example, if from obser- 
—'■'--- -' many cases it is inferred that All crows 
:olor being usnally considered an nnessen- 
>r accident, it may be objected that albi- 
jeen seen. So also Every oak-t/ree hecvrs 
uncertain, for it may be that some are 
the rule Alkaliea Ka/ve metallic bases an 
turns up in ammonia. If from finding 



DEFINITION 16 

table-salt, saltpetre, and others, to be soluble I induc- 
tively infer AU alkaline salts are solvble^ perhaps no 
exception could be named ; but if I generalize more 
widely to AU salts are solvhU^ my inference is falsi- 
fied by sulphate of baryta, and many others. 

In a previous section (§ 6) an element of uncer- 
tainty, due to what are called errors of sense, was 
pointed out. We now find another, due to general- 
izing beyond experience. Since exceptions may act- 
ually or at least conceivably occur, it follows that the 
empirical universality attained by induction is to 
some extent a precarious, a hazardous universality. 
Tiiis hazard is a derived characteristic of induction. 

§ 9. A generalization beyond experience is logical- 
ly opposed to a generalization within experience. 
Having examined certain individuals of a class, we 
may sum up our observations in a single general state- 
ment. Thus I may know by direct observation, and 
say of my friends, that A few a/re wealthy^ Many a/re 
prosperous^ Most are indust/rious. These statements 
concerning some at least, perhaps all, being partial, 
are termed approximate generalizations. Thorough 
observation of each friend may justify my saying, 
All a/re honesty None a/re covetous. These state- 
ments, being total, are termed complete generaliza- 
tions, or simply generalizations. In like manner, by 
an examination of each one separately, I may ascer- 
tain that Eoery member of my class of pupils is stu-^ 
dious^ or that Each of the apostles was inspired^ or 
that AU the known pla/nets shine hy reflected light. 



16 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTTTB LOOIO 

Likewise, wheD it is seen that A eiraight I 
intersect a circle in more than i/wo poinU 
this is trD6 also in case of an ellipse, of i 
and of an hyperbola, then, there being no 
may lay it down as a nnivereal propert; 
curves. This last example illustrates thf 
tion that two or more general truths or 
often be reduced to one comprehensive 
whose extension is no greater than that < 
bined components. 

This process is truly a generalization, i 
tion, and of great value in condensing e 
but it is not an indnction, for it does not i 
limits of experience. Tet it has been ca 
dnction, and even a perfect and the only per 
tion." But indeed it is not an inference o 
for nothing distinct from what is laid dov 
Evidently it is merely a summation of the 1 
tieulars, a colligation of the observed facts, 
ment of their statement by uniting them 
term. To distingnish it from induction, 
called a summary or closed general izatioi 
widely, a colligation. 

§ 10. We have now explained with il 
most of the limiting terms in the detinitio 

■ See the Bubseqaenl §37. "Il U in the tnnsition 
serred particiil>ra to the totalitj of puticulats ihst the 
infvence consists; not in the tranation from the t&tKlii 
term which denote* thii totditj, «nd oonnotea its detent 
attribute." — Grote, AriiMU, eh. vi, p. 278, 



DEFINITION 11 

tion. Also we have indicatq^i and illnstrated several 
forms of thought excluded by those limitations. 

Two formal processes, in addition to those already 
e2:amined, each of which results in a new truth, but 
neither of which is a generalization, frequently oc- 
cur, and cause confusion, inasmuch as they are com- 
monly regarded and treated of as inductive proc- 
esses. For the sake of clearness, it is needful that 
these also should be here examined, in order to be at 
once distinguished from induction, and relegated to 
their rightful places. 

One may be illustrated thus: A ship follows. an 
anknown coast. After some days the sailor, having 
watched the coast and finding himself again at the 
starting-point, says : It is an island. Here is cer- 
tainly a discovery of a new fact, assigning this land 
to the familiar sub -class island. Throughout the 
process there is no generalization whatever ; hence it 
is neither in part nor in whole an induction. Either 
it is merely a gathering up and piecing together in 
one the facts of a series of observations, which is 
only another sort of colligation, one without gener- 
alization, or, what is better, it is a discovery of iden- 
tity establishing a minor premise. 

This last phrase requires some explanation. The 
sailor knows : A land soon sailed about is an isla/nd. 
He discovers : This la/nd is land soon sailed about ^ 
which discovery merely identifies this land with the 
notion of land soon sailed about, thereby estab- 
lishing a minor premise, and enabling him to con- 
clude: This land is a/n isla/nd. Here is both dis- 

8 



18 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVB LOGIC 

covery and deductive proof. No generalization, and 
therefore no induction, is involved.* 

In like manner, Kepler, having noted several points 
in the planet's path, and finding the curve connecting 
them to be elliptical, determined the orbit of Mars to 
be an ellipse. It had long been known that this orbit 
is a curve returning into itself. As a geometer Kep- 
ler knew also that a curve returning into itself, with 
such and such properties, is an ellipse. He identi- 
fied the orbit of Mars, besides being a curve return- 
ing into itself, as having such and such properties. 
By. this identification, he established a minor prem- 
ise, and concluded the orbit of Mars is an ellipse. 
Afterward Kepler made the induction, known as his 
second law, that AUplcmetary orbits a/re eUipsea.* 

Similar instances of enlarged discovery by identi- 
fication abound. When, after the induction of the 
laws of magnetism, other metals besides iron, as nick- 
el, cobalt, manganese, chromium, were discovered to 
be magnetic, the magnetic laws were at once trans- 
ferred deductively to these metals. Franklin, by use 
of a kite, identified lightning with electricity. It fol* 
lowed that whatever was inductively true of the one 
was true of the other. 

* Mr. Mill calls this process a description. See his Logic^ p. 218 
sq., Am. ed.; and the criticism of Dr. Whewell, Philosophy of Diicoifh 
en/y ch. xxii., § il., 16 sq. See also Bain, Logic^ p. 286 sq., Am. ed. 

* Kepler*s Laws of the Planetary Orbits are as follow : 
1st. The radii vectores describe equal areas in equal times. 
2d. The orbits are ellipses, with the Sun in one of the foci. 

8d. The squares of the periodic times are as the cubes of the mean 
distances. 



DEFINITION 19 

Qnestions of identity to establish a minor premise 
are necessarily a part of scientific research, but they 
should not be confused, as they often are, with a pre- 
cedent process of inductive generalization establish- 
ing a major premise or a general law, nor with a sub- 
sequent induction to which they may give rise. 

§ 11. The other process needing to be distinguished 
from induction resembles the preceding in being a 
deduction lying between prior and subsequent induc- 
tions ; it differs from the preceding in that it is an 
inquiry, not into identity, but into causal relation. 
Such investigation involves no generalization, and is 
often carried on with no present thought of exten- 
sion beyond the individual case in question. 

For example, a coroner's inquest is held to deter- 
mine the cause of a death. All the immediate cir- 
cumstances are minutely ascertained, expert medical 
testimony taken, and all collateral facts set down in 
detail. Then, subsuming the facts under long-settled 
and well-known principles and rules, deductions are 
made, perhaps quite a series, and the cause of the 
death finally concluded to be this or that. There is 
no generalization, no induction whatever ; and the 
important fact of the cause in this particular case is 
ascertained and stated without any intent or thought 
of extending the conclusion by induction to all sim- 
ilar cases. The procedure indicated is from effect 
to cause. The reverse may occur. Thus legislators, 
having fixed a certain tax, watch for its effect upon 
industry. 



20 ICLtatMrd of mtntcrrtvu toGid 

The discovery of the planet Neptune by Leverrier 
and by Adanois is a notable example. Perturbations 
having been observed in the orbital motion of Ura- 
nus, each of these astronomers posited hypothetically 
an exterior planet as the disturbing cause. Then 
by calculation they assigned the place where finally 
the telescope revealed its presence. Throughout this 
process, in order to deduce the result, they used gen- 
eral principles of mathematics, and mechanical and 
astronomical inductions already established ; but they 
did not make any induction during the process, nor 
did they, like Kepler, follow it by any inductive gen- 
eralization. 

It is important that the formal procedure here ex- 
emplified be clearly and emphatically set apart, es- 
pecially because, being a necessary preparation for 
scientific induction, the two are very liable to be con- 
founded, and are actually so confounded by most log- 
ical authorities. Preparation for induction is in some 
cases the observation of only a single fact.. For ex- 
ample: ITiis lodestone attracts this lit of iron. Now, 
if the statement be unquestionably true, we may pro- 
ceed at once to the induction, and say universally : 
Lodestone att/racts iron. The example is crude, but 
even in it we may clearly distinguish the preparatory 
fact from the subsequent induction. 

When the matter is more complex many observa- 
tions of similar cases may be requisite, accompanied 
perhaps by much experimental investigation involv- 
ing numerous deductions, before it is fully estab- 
lished that a certain phenomenon in each of the cases 



DSFonnoK 21 

is nnqnestionably the cause or the effect of another. 
Then, hot not until then, are we properly prepared 
to make a scientific indaction from the experience 
of these particular cases to all cases of the same class 
lying beyond experience. 

Thus David Wells niade many observations, with 
reasonings therefrom, and many careful experiments 
on the deposit of dew under various circumstances, 
before he could ^'ustly conclude that this phenome- 
non in these cases was the effect of a reduction of 
the temperature of the bedewed surface below* a cer- 
tain point. When this was established, he was then 
prepared to make tlie induction of the universal law 
known as the Wells theory of dew. 

The preparation for induction, so far as it involves 
inference, is deductive, and should not be confused 
with the subsequent induction. In the progress of 
the present treatise there will be frequent occasion 
to remark this distinction. 

§ 12. The various distinctions and eliminations pro- 
posed in the foregoing sections are all in accord with 
the stated definition of induction. This will be al- 
lowed. But perhaps the definition itself may be 
questioned. It may be deemed too narrow, or arbi- 
trary, or merely nominal, not real (§ 39). In reply 
we can only offer the development of the subject in 
the following treatise. The definition we have given 
will, in its numerous and varied applications, be found 
adequately comprehensive, yet sharply distinctive, of 
a real mental process of the highest import. 



II.— PRIKOXPLES 

. ;. It ift sufficiently evident that the Primary 

,■: rhtjught cannot be enperseded (§ 7 eq.). 

: fivV^Msity 18 univereal, holding in induction, 

atvuifhout its collateral processes. Bnt it is also 

. .^1^ ttuder these laws alone the inference from 

^ w i*U IB illicit (§ 79). Hence this very impor- 

iuference becomes legitimate only in view of 

itiu principles of similar origin and authority con- 

^ with the primary laws. Such principles are 

v«d from the intaitive fact of causation, the root 

m induction, and that which gives it validity. 

y are called the Principles of Induction, or the 

s of Causation, and are applicable to changes or 

its that are pnrely physical, and to human affairs. 

14. A preliminary examination of the notion of 
ation is needful. In general, a cause is what de- 
lines a change or event. Strictly taken, a change 
ceasing to be ; an event, a beginning to be ; but 
shall nse these terms indifferently. The cause 
rmines, without possible alternative, that the 
it shall be just what it becomes. The cause is 
cedent, the event or effect consequent. When 
stroke of a hammer breaks a stone, the anteoe- 



PBINCIPLES 23 

dent blow is the cause, the consequent breaking is 
the event determined or the effect produced. A 
cause thus producing an effect is called an efficient 
cause, to distinguish it from other senses of the word 
cause which is used commonly, and in this treatise, 
without qualification to signify efficient cause/ 

^ Aristotle, in "Analyt. Post*' 11. xi., and "Meta.** L iii., distinguishes 
four kinds of cause, atria, as follow : 

1st. The formal cause, to n rjv cZvat, is the form, idea, archetype, or 
wapdSttyfjM of a thing. The plan of a building in the mind of the 
architect is its formal cause. 

2d. The material cause, 1} vXrf viroKiifuvfi^ is the matter subjected to 
the form. The wood, stone, and iron used in a building constitute its 
material cause. 

dd. The efficient cause, 17 rt vputrov Uivrifftf is the proximate moTer 
producing change. The workmen who erect a building are its efficient 
cause. 

4th. The final cause, to tivoq cvcca, is that for the sake of which 
the thing is done. The purpose or end for which a building is erected 
is its final cause. 

The final cause is prior, he says, in the order of nature, but posterior 
in the order of time or generation. The efficient cause is prior in time 
or generation. The formal and the material causes are each simul- 
taneous with its effect, neither prior nor posterior. 

But it would, perhaps, be more accurate to say that erery cause is 
simultaneous with its effect. For cause and effect are correlatives — 
neither can exist without the other; they exist only as they coexist 
A cause cannot be so named, except by anticipation, until there is an 
effect; nor an effect, except by reference to what has already occurred, 
after the change or event has taken place. Their order of succession 
is logical, not temporal. Cessante cauad cessat et effe(±m was a scholas- 
tic dogma. Mr. Mill speaks doubtfully and rather confusedly. — Logic^ 
p. 247 sq. Gf. Hobbes, Mementa Phiioaophica^ ch. ix. 

The schoolmen made the important subdivision of efficient cause, 
causa efficienSf into the simply genetic causa essendiy a cause of being, 
and causa oognoscendi, a cause of knowing, a reason (§ 110), Aristotle 
uses cuTta in this latter sense even when treating of induction, 



24 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

A condition, in general, is an antecedent that must 
be in order that something else may be. A causal 
condition is, specifically, an antecedent determining 
the event (§ 110). A merely temporal antecedent is 
followed by a subsequent ; a causal antecedent by a 
consequent. Mere succession in time, however in- 
variable, does not imply causation. Night is fol- 
lowed by day, but is not its cause. Day is not con- 
ditioned on night, but on a rising sun, and this, then, 
is the cause of day, or its determining condition. 
There may be a quasi-sequence in time, as when in- 
oculation is followed by small - pox ; or none, as 
when by expenditure of energy a cannon-ball in- 
stantly shatters a wall. 

§ 15. In the foregoing example of a hammer and a 
stone a single antecedent is named as the cause, and 
single consequent as the efiEect. This is the usage of 
common speech. Such a selection from several ante- 
cedents or consequents of some one as the cause or the 
effect is often quite arbitrary. When a stone falls to 
the ground, the cause may be said to be the earth, or 
gravity, or the weight of the stone, or the stone it- 
self. We may say the explosion destroyed the maga- 
zine, or that it shook the land, or was heard miles 
away. The selection is perhaps influenced by con- 
comitant thoughts, or determined by some special 

I9raya>yi7, in "Analyt. Prior," 11., xxiii., which has occasioned much 
confusion in the views of bis interpreters. In the present treatise the 
unqualified word caune must be understood to mean, as it does in mod- 
em usage, amsa effidena essendi. 



PRINCIPLEB 35 

interest. Most frequently that antecedent which, 
added to those already assembled, completes the col- 
location requisite to produce the change is called the 
cause ; as, A 9pa/rk caused the eocploaion y or, An east 
wind produced the rain ; or, Malaria induced the 
fever. But it is evident that in these cases, and like- 
wise in all cases, neither the cause nor the effect is 
single and simple. There must be a conjunction of 
at least two things to produce a change in either, 
and both are thereby changed. There is always 
more than one causal condition or antecedent, and 
more than one determined consequent. 

Even a purely negative fact is often spoken of as a 
cause ; as. The cakes were humed because of Alfreds 
inattention. Obviously this is unscientific. More 
properly the thought is that an event occurred when 
a preventing cause was withdrawn. The phrase, pre- 
venting cause, is a convenient designation of any 
member of a given collocation of antecedents whose 
presence hinders change ; as in the examples : A 
friction match does not ignite because it is wet ^ 
A scotched^ wheel does not revolve ^ An anaesthetic 
prevents pain ; an antiseptiCy decay. But this ex- 
pression, while formally negative of an efEect, indi- 
cates the positive counteraction of a cause. 

9 

§ 16. In seeking, then, a full knowledge of the 
cause or the effect of a phenomenon, all positive cir- 
cumstances are to be inspected ; and, having eliminat- 
ed those that are immaterial, i. e.^ not concerned in 
the case, we enumerate the rest, recognizing as the 



26 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVB J.OGI0 

canse all conditioning antecedents, and as the effect 
all conditioned consequents, and omitting to state 
only those that are quite obvious. For instance, a 
cause is a hammer in motion and a whole stone ; its 
effect, a hammer at rest and a broken stone.* It may 
be very difficult or even quite impracticable to enu- 
merate completely the antecedents concerned in pro- 
ducing an effect, or the consequents of their inter- 
action, but nothing short of this can be accepted as 
entire theoretical accuracy, though, indeed, all induc- 
tive sciences have to be content with merely approx- 
imate statements. Thus, popularly speaking, the 
cause of vision is light entering the eye ; but a sci- 
entific statement would include the optical action of 
the lenses of the eye, the physiology of its coats, and 
of the nerves and brain, together with the connec- 
tion between a special activity of the brain and a 
state of mind, a sense-perception. Still the enu- 
meration would be only approximate. To state even 
approximately the effect in vision would require a 
much more subtile analysis. The theoretic ideal re- 



^ The notion of cause and effect is confused in many minds with 
the notion of agent and patient, whereas the two notions are very dif- 
ferent. The latter distinction, that of agent and patient, occurs only 
among the antecedents or causes of an erent ; as, the hammer strikes, 
the stone is struck. The manifestly active member is regarded as 
the agent, the apparently quiescent member as the recipient or patient 
affected. Still this is arbitrary. We may say, the stone resists, the 
hammer is resisted. The distinction, except when referable to Will 
as a determining antecedent, depends merely on the point of view, 
and hence, though often convenient, is unessential See Mill, Logic^ 
p. 242. 



PRINOIFLES 27 

qnires an exhaustive statement, towards which ideal 
our practice strives. 

These considerations explain and will justify the 
following correlative definitions : 

A cause is the aggregate of all the posi- 
tively conditioniiig antecedents of an event. 

An effect is the aggreg^ate of all the posi- 
tively conditioned consequents in an event/ 

§ 17. In the notion of a cause as an efficient 
agent is implied the notion of a force producing the 
eflEect, and this force is properly and scientifically 
regarded as the cause. The aggregate of the ante- 
cedents is the source of the force, or, more strictly, 
the force is manifested by an aggregate of antece- 
dents of which it is the property or function. Ex- 
amples are, gravity, cohesion, muscular eifort, etc. 

Secent physics, while it regards force as the ever- 
present agent of physical change, represents all phys- 
ical changes or events as consisting in a transferring* 
with often a transforming of energy. Some of the 



^ Mr. Mill^s definition of cause has been widely discussed and ap- 
proved. He says: *'The cause of a phenomenon is the antecedent, 
or the concurrence of antecedents, on which it is invariably and un- 
conditionally consequent." — Loffic, p. 246. Mr. Venn says: "This 
view of causation is very generally accepted in science and in the 
logical treatises on Inductive Philosophy, if indeed it may not be 
termed the popular view." He then makes some critical remarks. — 
Loffic of Chance^ ch. iz. We have ventured to propose a modified 
statement, because the important terms invariably and tmconditionaUy 
are negative, and because the former superfluously implies uniformity 
(§ 19). Of. Hobbes, Elementa PhUatophica^ ch. ix. 



28 ELEMENTS OF INDrTCnVE LOGIC 

principal forms of energy which are capable of mut- 
ual transformation are mechanical, thermal (heat and 
light), electrical, chemical, and neural. 

It has been proved in many cases, by accurate 
measurements of the work done within a given sys- 
tem or ^gregate of things, that the quantity of en- 
ergy therein transferred or transformed or both is 
constant. There is neither gain nor loss. Hence it 
is inductively inferred that, while in the internal 
changes of a group there may be alteration in the 
forms of energy, there is no alteration of its quan- 
tity. This is the Law of Conservation of Energy 
(§ 98 n.). It affirms that, just as the quantity of mat- 
ter in the universe is unalterable, so the quantity of 
energy is unalterable; though, indeed, these state- 
ments are identical, matter being known only by the 
manifestation of energy. 

The law of conservation is supplemented by the 
important distinction between kinetic or actual and 
^potential energy. In gunpowder is stored up a vast 
amount of potential energy which is set free or be- 
comes kinetic by virtue of the kinetic energy of a 
spark. It is the sum of the kinetic and potential 
energies that is constant, while in almost every 
change there is a passing more or less complete of 
one into the other. 

In this modified and refined view we. define thus : 

Causation is the transfer, with more or 
less transformation, of a definite amount of 
energry, measured by the amount of work 
done, and effecting a new distribution. 



Physical science of to-day is largely occupied with 
the measurement of passing energy in various cases, 
with the determination of the quantity rather than 
the kind of causes and their correlative effects. But 
in all of these investigations, under modified* doc- 
trines and varied terminology, the logical processes 
are formally identical, and there is no need to alter 
the view of causation presented in the previous sec- 
tions in order to unfold the fundamental processes of 
thought involved in physical research. 

§ 18. It has already been said that from the intui- 
tive fact of causation are evolved the special Princi- 
ples of Induction, or Laws of Causation (§13). They 
are primarily two, the first in logical order being the 
PRrNTOiPLE or Axiom of Change, as follows : 

Every change (or event) has a cause. 

This axiom, by virtue of its predominating pure 
element, causation, has philosophical necessity (§ 5), 
and is strictly universal (§ 7). The bare possibility 
of a single exception is utterly inconceivable.' 
There lurks an essential self-contradiction in the 
phrase. An uncaused event (§ 9). The word chance^ 
when used in that sense, has no meaning whatever ; 
there is no possible notion, and no possible fact cor- 



' The principle is intuitively true, though not altogether pure. The 
notion of cause is strictly pure, but the notion of change (or event) is 
empirical — that is, it can be had only from experience. See Kant, (7. 
P. 72., Int., § 1. Change, referred to the consciousness of the ob- 
server, is the very essence of experience, and is the occasion of the 
pure intellectual intuition of causation. See Psychology^ §§ 114, 126. 



30 ELEMENTS OF INDTTOTIVE LOGIO 

responding to it (§ 48). Whenever any change is ex- 
perienced, the pure intellect or reason intuitively dis- 
cerns that it must have a cause, an efficient deter- 
mining cause/ What is the cause may be in most 
cases very questionable, but that there ife a determin- 
ing cause in each and every case is strictly unques- 
tionable, or rather is clearly and truly discernible. 
The axiom is not merely a law of thought, but is 
also a law of things, not merely a logical subjective 
necessity, but a real objective necessity in nature, 

^ This doctrine of the origin of the present and of other axioms is 
according to the intuitional philosophy. The opposed empirical phi- 
losophy teaches that all axioms are themselves inductions from ex- 
perience, inductions of widest and unexceptional generality. The 
question is discussed in my " Elements of Psychology," § 1 24 sq. See 
also above, § 7, and below, § 19 note. Dr. Whewell in his *' Philosophy 
of Discovery," ch. xxii., severely criticises Mr. Mill's "Logic," and in 
§ 71 very aptly says that axioms "may be much better described as con- 
ditions of experience than as results of experience." For illustra- 
tion of our view : A whole is equal to the sum of its parts is the axio- 
matic basis of chemical quantitative analysis ; but should we make an 
induction from the myriads of analyses that have been published, the 
inference would be : A whole is never equal tOy but ever more than, the 
sum of its parts. 

But AS already observed, § 7, note, the question of the origin of 
axioms is philosophical, not logical. It might be entirely disregarded 
in this treatise, since all logicians, empiricists as well as intuition ists, 
accept them as irrefragable and unexceptionable, and therefore a safe 
and sufficient basis of logical doctrine and scientific proof. 

Let us, however, instance their catholicity. So firm is the deep 
though obscure conviction in every mind that Shery change is caused^ 
that when a change (event) occurs with no assignable causal ante- 
cedents, men are prone to invent a cause, a groundless hypothesis ; and 
so it comes that in ignorance, in the absence of any apparent natural 
cause, one supernatural is often posited ; hence false spiritualism, and, 
in general, superstition. 



PBIN0IPLB8 31 

holding true throughout the universe, in all space 
everywhere, in all time, past, present, and future.* 

The axiom may be stated : If cliange is, ocmse is; 
hence (§ 119\ If cavse is not, change is not. This 
form is illustrated by the first law of motion, which 
affirms that a body in motion, if not acted on by 
some disturbing cause, will continue to move with 
uniform velocity and in the same direction forever." 

§ 19. The second of the two Laws of Causation is 
the Pbinciple or Axiom of UNiFORMirY. It is sub- 
divided into two axioms, the first of which is as fol- 
lows: 

Like causes have like effects.' 

The word Uke here is to be very strictly construed. 
It means more than general resemblance, or striking 

1 Burgersdyck says very neatly : Qmcqmd JU ab alio fit^ nihil JU a 

' Newton's Three Laws of Motion, *^ Principia," Introduction, are as 
follow : 

1st Every body perseveres in its state of rest, or of uniform motion 
in a right line, unless it is compelled to change its state by forces im- 
pressed upon it. 

2d. Change of motion is proportional to the motive force impressed, 
and is made in the right line in which that force is impressed. 

8d. Reaction is always contrary and equal to action ; or, the actions 
of two bodies upon each other are always equal, and directed to con- 
trary parts. 

* It might be very correctly stated : Like causes produce, or deter- 
mine, or enforce, like effects. But it is needless for logical purposes 
to insist on the bond of efficiency. Mr. Mill, following the doctrine of 
Hume, and in entire consistency with his own empirical philosophy, 
says : ** The notion of causation is deemed, by the schools of meta- 
physics most in vogue at the present moment, to imply a mysterious 



32 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

similarity. It is not merely that observation, even 
the most skilful and minute, cannot distinguish cer- 
tain cases by any other particular than place or time, 

and most powerful tie, such as cannot, or at least does not, exist be- 
tween any physical fact and that other physical fact on which it is 
invariably consequent, and wliich is popularly termed its cause ; and 
thence is deduced the supposed necessity of ascending higher, into 
the essence and inherent constitution of things, to find the true cause, 
the cause which is not only followed by, but actually produces, the 
effect No such necessity exists for the purposes of the present in- 
quiry, nor will any such doctrine be found in the following pages." — 
Logic, p. 236. Nevertheless he frequently speaks of causes as pro- 
ducing their effects, and uses the word force a hundred times " in the 
following pages." How could he do otherwise, while, apart from 
metaphysics, recent physics is almost wholly occupied with the doc- 
trines of force and energy ? Again, he says : " The causes with which 
I concern myself are not efficient, but physical causes." — Ibid. Why 
then should he ever use the word effect i 

Mr. Mill posits this first Axiom of Uniformity as the " Ground of 
Induction." — Logic, title of ch. iii., bk. iii. In the first section of 
the chapter (p. 225) he says : ^' I regard it as itself a generalization 
from experience." That is to say: Induction is grounded on the 
axiom of uniformity, and the axiom of uniformity is grounded on in- 
duction. This vicious circle he labors, in oh. xxi., with all his great 
acumen, to justify, and finds in simple enumeration, avowedly the weak- 
est form of induction, which *' in science carries us but a little way," 
the source and strength of the ultimate Axiom of Uniformity. See 
below, § 40, note. This remarkable attitude of the eminent logician is 
a necessary consequence of his underlying philosophy, and is a suicidal 
reductio ad ahsurdum of empiricism. 

It is with much hesitation and sincere regret that these points are 
noted. Such is my high esteem of Mr. Mill as an acute, comprehen- 
sive, and profound thinker, that I do not differ from him when I can 
help it. Happily the exceptions taken relate to his philosophical prin- 
ciple, rather than to his logical doctrine, and do not materially affect 
the latter. The world of science is profoundly indebted to him for 
the clearest exposition that has been made since Aristotle of its logical 
methods. Bacon pointed out the way. Mill laid it open. 



PBINOIPLSS 38 

bat that the cases really and strictly do not at all dif- 
fer in any other particular.' 

It is evident, upon clear reflection, that this axiom 
has the same origin and character as the axiom of 
change ; that, when rigidly constraed, it is necessarily 
and universally true, without possible exception in 
nature or in thought. 

§ 20. It very often happens, however, that various 
phenomena are due to indistinguishable causes. A 
certain medicine in one case cures, in another kills. 
A chemist in one case obtains crystals of a salt from 
its solution, in another he fails. Clouds apparently 
alike emit at one time lightning, at another rain, at 
another hail, at another snow. Heat softens iron and 
hardens clay, it warms to life and scorches to death, 
it causes chemical composition and decomposition, it 
melts ice, then contracts the water, then expands it, 
then turns it to vapor. Electricity is likewise sup- 
posed to do of itself a great variety of things. 

This mode of statement arises from imperfect ob- 
servation, or from an interest that assigns to some 
single antecedent a predominance, as though it alone 
were the cause (§ 15). In every such instance, how- 
ever, there is an incomplete estimate of the causal 



^ It should be remarked that the word like or similar is sometimes 
replaced by the word same, this word being often used to express, not 
strict identity, but the close similarity in things that are distinguish- 
able only numerically, only by place or time. Place and time are real 
conditions, not causal conditioud, of an event (§ 110)^ and heuue are 
not to be reckoned among its causal antecedents. 
8 



84 ELEMENTS OF INDTJCTPTE LOQIO 

conditions, and every clear-thinking scientist knows, 
with a strict certainty admitting of no hesitation or 
question, that any variation whatever in the conse- 
quents is due to some difference in the antecedents, 
though he be unable to discern or demonstrate any 
difference. This he knows by virtue of the principle 
of uniformity. Even the careless observer of ordi- 
nary events regulates his thoughts and actions, though 
obscurely and confusedly, by the same principle. 

Yet, as a concession to an interest, or more fre- 
quently to a specific ignorance incident to the practi- 
cal impossibility of making a complete analysis and 
estimate of the antecedents, a doctrine of so - called 
Plurality of Effects is allowed, as expressed in the 
Maxim : Regard mdistmguishable causes as ha/oing 
o/pparerMy a variety of effects. 

Every substance has a variety of properties, and 
substances are distinguished from each other by their 
different properties. A property is the capability 
of a body to produce a specific effect. Every body, 
then, is a cause producing, according to the forego- 
ing maxim, a variety of effects. Thus the sun de- 
flects the course of the planets, and emits light and 
heat, because of its attractive, luminiferous, and cal- 
orific properties. The earth has attractive and mag- 
netic properties. Steel is hard, heavy, lustrous, and 
elastic. But it is evident that no body manifests a 
property except in combination with some other 
thing. Its color, for example, becomes manifest only 
in its combination with light and vision. This class 
of cases, then, does not differ from that already de- 



PRIK0IPLE8 35 

scribed. Different antecedents only are followed by 
different consequents. Whenever all the causal an- 
tecedents are alike, the consequents are alike. 

Again, it is usual to speak of different or even op- 
posed phenomena, when invariably coexistent, as the 
effects of a common cause. Since doubly refracting 
substances always exhibit periodical colors on expos- 
ure to polarized light, these diverse phenomena have 
been attributed to a hypothetical common cause. 
The aurora is invariably accompanied by magnetic 
disturbance, hence doubtless a common though un- 
known cause. There is a simultaneous rise of tides 
on opposite sides of the earth, of which phenomena 
the moon is known to be the common cause. Such 
joint effects, whether in the same or in different de- 
grees of descent from the cause, are isaid to be cau- 
sally connected, or related through some fact of cau- 
sation. This mode of representation is convenient, 
and in accord with the maxim. But the axiom holds 
good ; for the common cause of different phenomena 
invariably coexistent means only that amidst their 
distinctly various antecedents some one at least is 
common. 

§ 21. The second axiom of uniformity reverses the 
first, and is its complement, as follows : 

Like effects have like causes. 

The same strict construction is to be put on the 
terms of this axiom as on those of its fellow. It has 
the same intuitive origin, the same necessary and 
universal character. That it is an axiom at all has 



38 ELlillEXTS OF mnUcnTE LOGIC 

rarely if ever been recognized by logicians of any 
Bchool. Yet many of tlie refinements of recent sci- 
ence not only proceed upon it, but wonid be impoe- 
eible witbont it, and it is higb time it eliould take its 
place in logic. For when all the antecedents and all 
the consequents are taken into account, either of 
these groups equally and absolutely implies the other. 
A complete knowledge of one yields a complete 
knowledge of the other. Logically, the past is as truly 
contained in its fnture as the future in its past' 

' Tbe Becond uiiom o( uniformitv ia fonnallj invotved ia Newton^ 
famous "Kegulai Philo^ophatidi," introducing bk. iii. of tbe "Prln- 
cipin." The tm two of the four Rules, with hie commenU, are: 

Iflt. No more causes of naturat things should be admitted than such 
as are both true (vera) and auCBcieut to explain [heir phenomena. 
' Accordingly philoBophers Bay: Nature does uottiitig in vain, and It 
iB vain to do by many what can be done by fewer. For nature is sim- 
ple, and does not luiuriate in superfluous causes of things. 

2d. And therefore {«j«agu«) of natural effects of the saine kind the 

same causes are to be aBsigned, aa f ar as possible {gvatentu Jteri poUtl). 

As, respiration in man and in beast ; descent of stones in Europe 

and in America; light in culinary Ore and in the sun; reflection of 

light in the earth and in the planets. 

To these comments of Newton we venture to add tlie remark that 
the illation (itieoque) of the second rule from the first is to be construed, 
not as a deduction, but as an implication. See g 78, and " Theory of 
Thought," p. 103. Also wo remarl< that both rules are likewise im- 
plied in the Law of Farcimon;, sometimes called Occam's razor, to 
which Newton probably had reference in his first comraeni See 
PtyckoUgy, g 82, note. Also Aristotle aays : 6 6ihs xai ^ ^iais oiihi 
Tinova,v.~Dt Colo, i., i. Dr. Whewell, in " Philosophy of Dis- 
r," ch. iviii., g 5 sq., descants at some length on these rules, 
virtue of the aiiom implied in the rules, that like effects have 
auses, Newton identified celestial with terrestrial gravity (g 7B). 
1, he stated the Rules in anticipation and justiGcatioii of the 
wbioh follows in bk. iii. Also Franklin's identification of light- 



FBIN0IPLB8 87 

§ 22. It very often happens, however, that vari- 
ous phenomena give rise to indistinguishable effects. 
Our powers of observation are very limited, and can 
distinguish only the grosser elements of causes or of 
effects. Hence it is rarely possible to pronounce 
two events strictly alike. Moreover, from the gross- 
er elements of an effect, some one is usually selected, 
because of its special interest, and treated as though 
it alone were the effect, all other consequents being 
disregarded. These considerations explain the prac- 
tice, even in scientific treatises, of viewing similar 
effects as the products of dissimilar causes. It is 
clearly a fiction, and in strictness an impossibility. 
Yet, in concession to this mode of speech, which is 
convenient and advantageous when not misleading, 
a doctrine of so-called Plurality of Causes is admitted, 
as expressed in the Maxim : Regard indistmguiah- 
able effects as having apparently a variety of causes. 

Accordingly it is allowed that a man's death is 

ning with electricitj is by virtue of this axiom. All geological the- 
ories, and even the Laws of Energy, are based upon it (§ 17). 

But illustrations from physical science are needless when we con- 
sider that our sensations are effects by which we identify or recognize 
substances which affect us by their properties. How do I recognize 
my friend ? The like effect on me of a presence I attribute to a like 
cause. I identify a given substance as gold, only because its effect on 
me is like to. that produced by gold. I distinguish gold and silver by 
their unlike effects. It is clear, then, that this axiom lies in the very 
foundation of all knowledge. See Psychology ^ §§ 168, 169. 

The first axiom of uniformity looks forward in time, and is the basis 
of popular and of scientific prediction (§ 76). 

The second axiom of uniformity looks backward in time, and is the 
basis of popular and of scientific explanation (§ 97). 



98 ELEMENTS OF mBUOnVB L06I0 

caused in one case by a bullet entering the brain, in 
another by a knife cutting the heart, in another by a 
fever ravaging the intestines, and so on, it being im- 
possible to enumerate the various causes of death. 
There is no objection to such expressions, if we are 
not misled by them. Let it be noted that death is a 
pnrely negative and abstract notion, whereas we are 
dealing with positive and concrete phenomena. In 
the first case cited, the causal antecedents are a man 
and an entering bullet ; the effected consequents are 
a corpse and a torn brain ; and so on. It is evident, 
even in this gross view, that any variation in a total 
cause gives rise to a variation in its total effect. We 
allow the useful fiction of a plurality of causes, but 
hold, in strict construction, to rigid invariability, to 
uniformity. 

Another standard example is heat. It is pro- 
duced by combustion, by friction, by compression, 
by electricity, etc. It would be easy to show that 
heat also is only one fact in an aggregate of conse- 
quents varying in each case. But it is better, per- 
haps, to say that in each case there is a transfer of 
energy, effecting a new distribution, partly in the 
form of heat (§ 17). As to the sense - perception of 
heat, or of white, there is some one condition or set of 
conditions which is present in every case, and whose 
presence always produces in us that sense-perception.* 

' For the usual view of the doctrine of Plurality of Causes, not rec- 
ognizing the second axiom of uniformity, see Mill, LogtCy bk. iil, 
ch. X. ; followed by Bain, bk. iii., ch. viii. Mr. Venn^s yiew is not 
unlike that of our telt. See his Empirical Logic^ pp. 62, 88. On 



PBIN0IPLB8 89 

Another example, one not so readily reduced, is 
from the composition of motion. If a ball receive 
two simultaneous impacts differing in direction and 
intensity, motion is imparted to it, manifest by its 
passing along a certain line with a certain velocity. 
Now the number of impacts which will produce 
precisely this effect, also their possible variations in 
direction, or in intensity, is infinite. Here, then, it 
seems we have an infinite plurality of causes deter- 
mining an identical effect ; for, by the second law 
of motion, a universal law of nature, the resultant in 
all cases must be the same.' This appears to be a 
demonstration of plurality of causes ; that its maxim 
is rather a principle, falsifying the second axiom of 
uniformity. But the resultant motion of the ball is 
only one fact among others, the only one patent to ob- 
servation perhaps, but not standing alone. Could 
we estimate the stress of each impact on the ball, 
and the consequence to its interior, together with 
the arrest of the impelling agents, evidently we 
should find that the aggregate of consequents varies 
with every variation in the cause. 

§ 23. The two axioms of uniformity express all 
that is properly meant by the familiar phrase : Uni- 
formity of Natv/re^ which is sometimes more widely 

page 421 he says: "The doctrine of Plurality of Causes is a promi- 
nent one in MilPs scheme, and he even attaches too great importance 
to it by regarding the plurality rather as formulated by nature than as 
arising merely out of practical convenience and convention." 

^ Newton's Corollary I, from the Laws of Motion. See p. 81, note. 



40 ELEMENTS OF mDUCTIVE LOGIC 

and thereby erroneously construed.* They clearly 
hold good in theoretical strictness, and should regu- 
late observation and inference '' as far as possible."' 
The maxims of plurality are practically admissible 
only as a guard against errors arising from defective 
or interested observation. In this respect they ren- 
der important service, especially in those ordinary 
concerns of life wherein only some part of a cause 
or of an effect needs consideration. 

When the axioms of uniformity are compared, it 
will be seen that each might be stated more fully, 
thus : Only like causes have like effects^ and Only 
like effects have like causes. The first of these com- 
pound statements implies: Unlike causes have un- 
like effects ; the second implies : Unlike effects home 
unlike causes (§ 71), Hence, also, if either is, the 
other is ; and if either is not, the other is not ; the 
form being conditio sine qua non (§ 119). 

^ The phrase obviously requires limitation. No two leaves of the 
forest are alike, no two human faces are alike, one star differeth from 
another star in glory. So far from being uniform, unanalyzed nature 
presents an infinite variety. Likewise, the statement that the course 
of nature is uniform, taken in an unlimited sense, is not true. The 
events of each day are unlike those of any previous day, and no one 
expects history to repeat itself. But amidst this infinite variety, we 
discern certain uniformities conforming to the principle that like 
causes have like effects, and the reverse, which uniformities reduced 
to general expression are termed laws. In this very important sense, 
but in no other, is the constitution and course of nature uniform. 

' This phrase in the second Rule, § 21, note, seems to refer to the 
very general impracticability of making an exhaustive estimate of the 
causal conditions of a ^ven effect. 



III.— PROCESS 

§ 24. Sitting by my anthracite fire, I thrnst the 
poker between the bars of the grate, and after a 
while, on drawing it out, see that it is red-hot; it 
shines in the dark. A pyrometer at hand shows 
that it has reached 1000° F. Here is an experience, 
specifically an observation by trial or experiment, 
with quantitative measurement. The result is : This 
hody of iron heated to 1000° F. has hecome lumi- 
nous or glows. It states a particular, individual fact 
respecting this piece of iron at this time and place, 
and in the present circumstances. 

Then from this single fact I infer immediately 
the universal proposition : Any and every hody of 
irony at any time and any where^ heated to 1000° 7^., 
becomes seiflum^inous. This immediate inference is 
an induction. ^ 

§ 25. Let us note, in the first place, that the fore- 
going inference conforms strictly to other terms in 
the definition of induction (§ 3). It is synthetic, 
since the predicate adds to the general notion hody 
of iron^ something not already contained in it. It 
obviously generalizes both from experience and be- 
yond experience. The basis from which it proceeds 



42 ELEMENTS OF mDUCnYE LOGIC 

.is ray experimental observation of a fact. It sur- 
passes all experience by bringing in or inducting 
under a universal statement every strictly similar 
fact occurring anywhere in the earth, in the planets, 
in the stellar spaces, at any time in the unlimited 
past, present, or future.* 

Secondly, it is in accord with the principle or axi- 
om of change (§ 18). A change is observed in the 
iron from dull cold to bright hot. By the axiom, 
there must be a cause for this changed state in which 
we take an especial interest. We observe the ag- 
gregate of the positively conditioning antecedents, 
finding it, in the rough, to be burning coal and dull 
cold iron. This, then, is the cause, having for its 
consequents burnt coal and bright hot iron, the ag- 
gregate effect (§ 16). A more refined view regards 
the aggregate of antecedents as the present source of 
a force or cause, determining, in this case, a transfer 
to the iron of thermal energy of sufficient intensity 
to affect vision (§ 17). 

The causal relation being experimentally and def- 
initely ascertained, we note, thirdly, that the infer- 
ence conforms to tlfe first axiom of uniformity (§ 19). 
It assumes that like causes may occur or have occurred 
at other times and places, and concludes that in all 



' The notion, not infrequent, that induction bears some special re- 
lation to the future, needs correction. Time, in its modifications of 
present, past, and future, is not an element in the inference ; nor is 
place, near or remote. We do not infer from now to then, nor from 
here to there, but from facts observed to facts unobserved, regardless 
of time or place. See p. 88, note. On time in judgment see § 60. 



PBOOE88 48 

such cases like effects must follow. This inductive 
step is fully authorized by the axiom. The axiom 
itself is merely and strictly for.mal ; the material case 
conforms to it, and so is justified. It should be re- 
marked, however, that there is a varying degree of 
hazard in drawing the conclusion, arising not from 
the principles involved, but from the uncertainty, 
always greater or less, respecting the observed facts 
and their causal relation, no empirical matter ever 
attaining the strict certainty of intuitive truth (§ 8). 
In the example, the quantity and shape of the iron 
are disregarded, being considered immaterial circum- 
stances; but, this one experiment being taken as the 
sole ground, it might fairly be questioned whether 
the like effect would follow in a spherical ton of iron, 
and so further experiments be prerequisite to the 
general conclusion. 

§ 26. In examining the inductive process, it is very 
important to observe that the inference is immediate. 
This is true of every proper induction. There is no 
middle terra, one cannot be, for both terms of the con- 
clusion occur in the same premise ; hence, no syllo- 
gism ; the step is strictly and exclusively immediate. 

Having established the causal relation between a 
phenomenon and some circumstance, we proceed, in 
conformity with one or the other of the axioms. 
One of the axioms is : Like causes have like effects. 
The corresponding formula is simply as follows: 

In this case A causes a / 
.*. In all cases A causes a. 



44 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIO 

The other axiom is: Like effects have like cauaea. 
The correspoDding formula is simply as follows: 

In this case a is the effect of A ; 
.*. In all cases a is the effect of A. 

The inductive process herein formulated needs to 
be especially remarked, explained, justified, and em- 
phasized ; not only because its immediacy is an inva- 
riable characteristic, but also because many eminent 
logicians and their disciples are at fault on this im- 
portant point, holding that induction is essentially a 
mediate process, and reducible to the formal syllo- 
gism. It seems hard to avoid confusing the induc- 
tive inference and other inferences often associated 
with it, and to see clearly that it is simple, plain, 
direct, and immediate.^ 

§ 27. It is usual to quote Aristotle in support of 
the view that the inductive process is a mediate in- 
ference, a syllogism. He has the following form : 

X, Y, ZareB; 

X, Y, Zareall A; 
.% All A are B. 

This he calls a syllogism, using the word generically, 

^ Dr. WhewelPfl view is not clear, but it seems consonant with our 
own on this point. He says : " The process of induction includes a 
mysterious step, by which we pass from particulars to generals, of 
which step the reason always seems to be inadequately rendered by 
any words we can use ; and this step to most minds is not demonstra- 
tive, as to few is it given to perform it on a great scale.'* — PhUotophy 
of Diacoveryy ch. xxii., g 66. 



PBOOBSB 45 

in its etymological sense; specifically, a rhetorical 
syllogism.' In the same passage he says induction 
is contrary to syllogism, meaning logical syllogism. 
That the form is not a logical syllogism is evident ; 
for the second proposition is one of entire identity ; 
there are, then, bnt two terms in all ; and hence the 
question is begged (§ HB). Aristotle's example is : 

Man, horse, mule, etc., are long-lived ; 
Man, horse, male, etc., are acholous (or F) ; 
.-. All acholous (or F) animals are long-lived. 

He adds: We must conceive that T consists of a col- 
lection of all the particular cases. This, he says, is 
induction. His followers, and many logicians of to- 
day, call it a perfect, and the only perfect, induction. 
Bnt the process is from all to aU; and that ambigu- 
ously, the first all being cumular, the second distrib- 
utive (§§ ^^, 74), Moreover, not generalizing beyond 
experience, the process is a closed generalization, a 
mere summary, a colligation, and therefore not at all 
an induction in the modern or Baconian sense (§ 9). 
Aristotle nowhere treats of induction in the latter 
sense. It was reserved for Bacon to found this com- 
plementary branch of logic' 

^ Syllogism, aw-\iyiiVy to collect together ; like conclusion, eon-du- 
dere, to shut up together. — Theory of Thcnighiy p. 180. Aristotle 
speaks of a conclusion as " a perfect syllogism of the extremes." The 
above form he calls 6 k^ ivayuyriQ avKKoyiafioQ, — Prior AnalyL^ ii., 
23. For the word kirayutyii {kwi-dytiVf to lead or bring upon), see Thom- 
son, Outliney etc., § 118, note. It means here an accumulation, a sum- 
mation, a colligation (§ 9). Cicero, " De Inv.," fairly translates it by 
inductiOf but it is quite different from the modern induction. 

' Aristotle says distinctly : We believe everything either through 



46 BLBUEHT8 OP INDtTC 

§ 28. Another syllogistic foi 
of the mediate procees eeBeatii 
exemplified thus: 

This, that, and the other magnet 

This, that, and the other magnei 
.-. All magnets attract iron.' 
The correct conclDBiou Id Dot 
the premises is the following; 

.-. Some things that represent al 

ByllogUm or from induction — fiirovra fi 
yia\un> it it lirai'dty^c- — Prior Analyl., 
Other p&asnges lie notes the tno process 
he forgets or relinquishes this wben he 
chapter, his induotlTe process as & variety 
has been much discussed. Dt. Whewell, 
D, examines It at length, and conclndes: 
tivelf small number of particular caaes U 
position to tbe ^jilogism. . . . InductioD 
It is not reasoning ; it is another way of i 
inductive propositions cannot be logical!} 
rules, so thej cannot, be discovered by ai 
totle," cb. vi., p. 268 sq., also diecusaes tl 
eludes : " We thus see that this verj pe( 
Aristotle himself remarks) the opposite o 
logism. It has no proper middle tern : 
results is [identical with] the first or maj 
istio feature o( which it is to be imtr 

through a middle term" (p. 275) "The 

tion and example are among the most ol 
Aristotelian Analytica. The attempt to [1 
form is alike complicated and unfortuna 
baa hitherto been imperfectly apprehend* 
* This form is given bj Hamilton in ht 
more foUj developed and defended in bis 
" Diauusaions," p. ICB sq. 



PB00E8S 47 

Bat this is not at all what is proposed to be proved. 
The conclusion sought and stated is not syllogisti- 
cally authorized, the term all magnets not occurring 
in either premise ; and hence that conclusion is ir- 
relevant (§ IJU)^ We remark, however, that the 
given form, though not a true syllogism of any 
kind, yet involves an immediate inductive inference 
from the first premise directly to the conclusion. 
The intermediate proposition is superfluous, being 
merely a statement in concrete terms of the axiom 
of uniformity authorizing the induction of all. Its 
omission does not reduce the form to an enthymeme, 
for not this material proposition, but only the for- 
mal axiom, is in mind. 

§ 29. Yery eminent authorities unite in proposing 
the following as a type of the inductive syllogism : 

Whatever is true of John, Peter, etc., is true of all man- 
kind; 
Mortality is true of John, Peter, etc. ; 
.•.Mortality is true of all mankind.' 

* This form is given by Whately in his " Logic," bk. iy., ch. i., § 1. 
It is quoted and approved bj Hill, *' Logic," p. 226. On the previous 
page he says : '^ As Whately remarks, every induction is a syllogism 
with the major premise suppressed; or (as I prefer expressing it) 
every induction may be thrown into the form of a syllogism, by sup- 
plying a major premise." On this Orote comments thus : ** Even with 
this modified phraseology, I cannot admit the propriety of throwing 
Induction into syllogistic forms of argument. By doing this we efface 
the special character of Induction, as the jump from particular cases, 
more or fewer, to an universal proposition comprising them and an 
indefinite number of others besides. To state this in forms which 



48 BLKHKHTS OF OtDV 

This tmly is a syllogiBin. B 
Not at all. The iofereDce is 
Tlie UrBt proposition, whose p 
ever, ie b; far the widest of 
duction from it is a faQltlees . 
advocates, the major premise 
ing that it is obtained by ind 
that does not aSect the chat 
before os, which is Dndeniab 
syllogism, proceeding from th 
eral. When we ask these ac 
get this major, their reply is. 
sion of a prior and wider sj 
premise is obtained in like m^ 
we reach the axiom of nnifon 
mate or primary major premit 
is to say, indaetion is dedncti 
ODiformity. 

§ 30. To the doctrine that 
procedure from an axiomatic 

First, the doctrine is conl 
specific diflEereiieo betweeu tl 
tion and induction. That the 

imply thst it U B necesaar; sMp, involv 
terpr«tiLtion of a bigher universal propc 
8opbicaL"— ^rutoUi, ch. vi., p. S80. 

It is curious to note that Hr. HUI, e 
boida : IH. That a Bvllogism does nol 
Sd. Ibat induction aloDe ie proof; Sd 
■jllogiam. In hia Iiogic, of. bk. iL, <A 

> ICll, loffK, p. SiD. 



FBOOXBS 49 

from different ultimate premises, their several ax- 
ioms, is not a logical difference, and does not justify 
that distinction of the methods warmly insisted on 
by the advocates of this view, and conventionally 
established and recognized as the Aristotelian and 
Baconian methods. 

Secondly, it is unnatural. Logic is in no respect 
an invention, but only a distinct statement of the 
principles and a development of the formal processes 
by which the human intellect actually discovers and 
establishes truth, whether of commonplace matter 
or of recondite science (§ 5). Now, does the vulgar 
or the child mind come to know that Waier quenches 
fire by a deduction, through a series of syllogisms, 
from the principle of uniformity as a primary major 
premise? It would give the skilled sophist some 
trouble to construct the series, if it be practicable at 
all; and the supposition that ignorant and stupid 
people, to whom this and like truths are perfectly 
well known, have acquired the knowledge by an in- 
tricate syllogistic process, however obscurely per- 
formed, is incredible. 

Thirdly, it is unnecessary. The doctrine may be 
replaced by one much simpler, which substitute will 
be confirmed by a little introspection. As the hum- 
blest intellect knows, obscurely it may be, yet with 
a clearness sufficient for practical application, that 
Pa/rt of apart is part of the whole (§§ 93^ 131)^ and 
thereby is able to appreciate the cogency of a si m pie 
syllogism conformed to this formula, so it knows, 
with similar obscurity perhaps, that Like caicsea have 



60 ELEMENTS OF INDFCTIVK LOGIC 

like eff'ects, and a single observation of water quench- 
ing lire suffices to establish the general conclusion 
immediately drawn according to this formula. 

Fourthly, it is not true, which is shown in the sec- 
tion following. 

§ 31. Let us remark, more particularly than here- 
tofore (§ 2), upon the function of a form. Turning 
to Pure Mathematics, a science of forms, we note 
such familiar instances as 1 : 2=3 : 6 ; (x+y) (x-^y) 
=0?'— y'; Circ,=2 w R. These are formulas of quan- 
titative identity, of equality. They are not attained 
by generalization of matter, but in entire abstraction 
of matter; they have no material content. They 
are not generic of things, and do not serve as prem- 
ises in material reasonings. They furnish abstract 
forms in which concrete matter may be cast. To 
apply mathematical forms to matter is the special 
function of Applied Mathematics. To make an ap- 
plication of a formula is not to draw an inference 
from it, but merely to supply it with a content of 
suitable matter. Material inferences are not made 
from, but according to, a formula. 

Precisely the same is true of Logic. The Aris- 
totelic Dicta express merely syllogistic form (§ 93). 
Every material syllogism concludes, in Fig. 1, not 
from, but in accord with, these canons. They are 
often spoken of as the ultimate major premises in 
material reasonings. This is an error. They serve 
only to express the abstract form in which sound 
reasoning concerning things proceeds. 



What in this respect is trae of deductioD is true 
also of induction. In its formal character induction 
evolves abstract canons and formulas, deduced from 
axiomatic principles, which canons and formulas in 
ordinary aflEairs and in the inductive sciences are 
supplied with concrete, material facts and things.' 
In all cases the inductive inference is made, not 
from a form, but according to or in conformity with 
a form. The notion that the axiom of uniformity 
is the ultimate premise in induction is false and con- 
fusing. A material conclusion comes always and 
only from one or more material premises, in con- 
formity with certain established abstract forms. 

§ 32. We maintain, then, that the inductive proc- 
ess consists wholly and exclusively in a direct im- 
mediate inference authorized by the principle of uni- 
formity, an inference so simple that in making it a 
formal fallacy is well-nigh impossible. This infer- 
ence is not reducible to syllogistic form. The at- 
tempt results either in a violation of syllogistic law, 
and thus is false reasoning, or it presents forced 



^ The canons of caosation, to be hereafter discussed (§ 65 sq.), are 
likewise deduced from the axioms previously laid down, and are 
merely abstract formulas of causal relations. 

It is remarkable that there should be need to explain the rela- 
tion of form to matter, when these words are in familiar and accurate 
use in every-day life, even children and the vulgar using them in cor- 
rect distinction. £. g. The form of the oration was good, the matter 
poor. But logicians, whose specialty it is to mark and regulate the 
distinction, often either ignore or reject it ; hence the need of exposi- 
tion and insistence. — Gf. § 2 and § ^ and TT^eori/ of Thought^ p. 5. 



62 BLEMBST9 OF INDtTOTITB LOGIC * 

forms, quite anoattiral and therefore nntrue. For, 
we repeat, it ib the general function of logic to 
evolve the forms according to which actaal thinking 
IB natnrally and rightly accomplished ; and its spe- 
cial fanction is to state and demonstrate these forme 
clearly and distinctly, bo as to dissipate the obscurity 
in which they nsnaliy lie, even in minds otherwise 
highly instructed. 

Why, it may fairly be asked, if the process of in- 
daction Ib bo simple and infallible, should there be 
an elaborate treatise on the subject. Were the for- 
mal procedure alone to be considered, we might stop 
at this point, having discnssed the definition of in- 
duction, its principles, and the character of the proc- 
ess. Still the ground and manner of its material 
applications would need discussion, eBpecially when 
taking the form of laws, more especially laws of 
natnre. 

But there is mnch else to be expounded. The 
preparation and complete establishment of the prem- 
ise from which to infer inductively is a process of 
the highest importance, and often of very great dif- 
ficulty. This process also must therefore be sharply 
defined, hedged in by rules or methods, and provided 
with canons and formulas; thereby constituting a 
large and the most intricate part of inductive lo^o. 
This preparation for the induction, so far as it in- 
volves inference, is itself strictly deductive, and re- 
sults in establishing a causal relation between par- 
ticnlar phenomena. When accomplished, then the 
inductive generalization, a single simple step, takes 



PBOCBSS 68 

place. Its resnlt, a universal trntb, perhaps a law, 
affords a settled major premise from which dednc- 
tioDS may be made by subsuming special or particu- 
lar cases, thus enlarging science in its details. 

For instance, Newton made long and laborious de- 
ductions from observations, and thereby settled the 
particular fact that the attraction of the earth and 
moon is directly as their masses, and inversely as 
their distance squared. This preparation accom- 
plished, he then, according to logical order, inferred 
inductively the universal law of gravitation. Sub- 
sequently modern astronomy has been developed 
chiefly by deductions from this law. Thus the in- 
termediate inductive step, while all -important, is 
single, very simple logically, being immediate, and is 
justified by the principle of uniformity* 



IV.— OBSERVATION 

§ 33. The ground of induction, furnishing matter 
to be formalized, is experience (§ 6).* The object 
known in experience is a phenomenon. A phenom- 
enon is whatever appears, presented either to the 
external or to the internal senses. It is the undeter- 
mined object of empirical intuition. There are two 
great classes of phenomena, those of coexistence and 
those of succession. 

Phenomena of coexistence are exemplified in the 
figure of a body, and in the comparative figures of 
separate bodies. These relations are conditioned on 
space and the geometrical properties of space alone; 
for, being characterized by simultaneity, they are in- 
dependent of time. Thus, that a sphere is two-thirds 
of a cylinder whose height is equal to the diameter 
of each, is uniformly true without regard to time. 

The constant coexistence of some phenomena is 
due to a community in causative antecedents; as, 
high tide on opposite sides of the earth. But very 
many constant coexistences, having no conceivable 
cause, are regarded provisionally as original and ulti- 



1 ** So that the art and practio part of life 
Must be the mistress to his theoric" 

—K, Heii. r., act i., so. 1. 



OBSERVATION 55 

mate ; as, many properties of substances. These, 
when not considered essential, are subject to merely 
empirical generalization (§§ 94, 95). 

Original and ultimate coexistences, when consid- 
ered essential, though constantly uniform, are not 
subject to the principles and methods of induction. 
They are, however, subject to observation and classi- 
fication, thus forming the basis of kinds, especially 
of natural kinds, and thus coming, not under causal 
law, but under definition. Hence the various kinds 
of rocks and minerals, and of chemical compounds, 
expressed by a general name and its definition ; as, 
Marble is crystdUine carbonate of lime; also the 
natural kinds of plants and animals. These have 
ultimate coexisting properties which science obtains 
by analysis, and recognizes as constituting the origi- 
nal nature of the things, and furnishing the basis of 
generalization and classification (§ 5). 

Phenomena of succession are conditioned on time, 
and are subject to the laws of causation and induc- 
tion. Such phenomena are by far the more numer- 
ous and important. On a knowledge of them and 
their laws is founded every scientific explanation of 
past events, also every reasonable anticipation of 
future events, and whatever power we possess of in- 
fluencing these to our advantage. They constitute 
the chief subject of our subsequent inquiries. 

§ 34. Attention to a phenomenon and to its at- 
tendant phenomena or circumstances is observation. 
This implies more or less mental analysis of a whole 



56 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

into its constitnent parts, aind their classification. 
When we open oar eyes on a landscape, there is an 
experience of vision ; what is seen is a whole, whose 
parts are quickly distinguished and classified as 
mountains, streams, forests, buildings, and so on. 
These are kinds of things. They are observed as 
coexisting phenomena. A storm arises, clouds gath- 
er, rain pours, lightning fiashes, thunder rolls, the 
bolt has riven an oak or fired a dwelling, a whirl- 
wind threatens yet greater ruin. These are classi- 
fied as kinds of events. They are observed as suc- 
cessive phenomena, and are recognized as causally 
related. Thus observation is discriminating atten- 
tion. 

Observation has two modes distinguished as sim- 
ple observation and experiment. The former takes 
place when a phenomenon happens to fall under 
notice, or when, without acting upon it, we seek and 
find one suited to our ends. The latter takes place 
when by an artificial arrangement we produce a suit- 
able instance, and by this action bring it under our 
observation. The distinction is clear, but does not 
imply a logical difference. The character and value 
of a fact is not at all affected by the way it is ascer- 
tained. The practical difference, however, is im- 
portant, and requires consideration.* 

* The verb to experiment always implies activity, while to experience 
suggests rather a passive, receptive state, and thus is more nearly 
allied to simple observation. Both words are from the same deponent 
verb experiri^ to try or to be tried. We try an experiment (Ger. Ver- 
such), we undergo an experience (Br/ahrung). But experience and 



OBSERVATION 57 

§ 35. A phenomenon being given, its cause or its 
effect is to be ascertained, as a preliminary to indnc- 
tion. In otiier words, before a scientific induction 
can be made, a problem is to be solved : either given 
an effect to find its canse, or given a cause to find 
its effect. Observation, therefore, must extend be- 
yond the given phenomenon to its circumstances, 
eliminating those that are immaterial (§ 16), and dis- 
tributing the remainder as antecedents and conse- 
quents. To do this thoroughly and accurately is 
often diflScult, requiring great care and skill.' 

When an effect is given to find its cause, only sim- 
ple observation is applicable. Seeing that a bit of 
silver chloride has turned from white to black, and 
inquiring the canse of this change, we are limited to 
simple observation of the circumstances. We can- 
observation are here used synonymoasly, and as generic of simple ob- 
servation and experiment All imply voluntary attention, which is 
essentially active. While perception, taken strictly, is passive, there 
is no passive observation. — See Paycholoffy^ § 82 sq., and § 99. 

' The elimination of immaterial circumstances will be considered 
subsequently (§61). No useful rule can be given for the distribu- 
tion of the antecedents and consequents. In general, what has been, 
changes, and ceases to be, we should reckon an antecedent ; what was 
not, eventuates, and begins to be, we place among the consequents. 
*' It happens sometimes that when a relation of causation is established 
between two facts, it is hard to decide which, in the given case, is the 
cause and which the effect, because they act and react upon each 
other, each phenomenon being in turn cause and effect. Thus, habits 
of industry may produce wealth, while the acquisition of wealth may 
promote industry. As Plato remarks, education improves nature, and 
nature facilitates education. National character, again, is both effect 
and cause ; it reacts on the circumstances from which it arises." — ' 
Lewis, Ifethoda of Politics^ i., p. 875. 



68 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

not take an effect and try what will cause it, we can- 
not reverse the order of nature. We can only make 
note of the substantial and circumstantial antece- 
dents, knowing that the cause is in them. We may 
further observe the phenomenon amid various cir- 
cumstances, and so be able to eliminate many that 
are not causal conditions, and thus reach a conclusion 
more or less probable. In this way we might find 
that the like change in several specimens of silver 
chloride is probably due to light. 

If it happen that two cases occur wherein all an- 
tecedent circumstances are strictly alike except that 
in one case an antecedent is present with the phe- 
nomenon in question and in the other both are ab- 
sent, then we have scientific proof that this antece- 
dent is the cause of the phenomenon. If two quite 
similar bits of silver chloride are observed under 
quite similar circumstances except that one is ex- 
posed to light and the other not, then the fact that 
only the former has turned black is proof that light 
is the cause. It is rare, however, that simple obser- 
vation is so happy as to find two such cases, or even a 
series of cases varying suflSciently to satisfy the de- 
mands of scientific proof, nature being constituted 
on quite a different plan from that of facilitating our 
inquiries. 

When a cause is given to find its effect, experi- 
mental observation is often applicable ; but there are 
many cases, indeed whole sciences, whose matter is 
of such sort as tof be mostly, if not wholly, out of 
the reach of experiment. The mental sciences ad- 



OBSKBVATIOK 59 

unit it but sparsely, thongh recently some progress 
has been made in experimental psychology. An- 
thropology, zoology, geology, and astronomy are sci- 
ences whose ground is almost exclusively simple ob- 
servation. Thus it is that, in looking from effect to 
cause, we are in all cases limited to simple observa- 
tion by the nature of the relation ; and in looking 
from cause to eflEect, we are in many cases limited to 
simple observation by the nature of the matter. ' 

§ 36. Experimental observation, though applicable 
only to the problem of given a cause to find its 
effect, and in this natural order only to matter that 
can be handled, is nevertheless an extension of obser- 
vation, since it multiplies the facts. Also it is a 
means of more exact scientific knowledge. Indeed, 
simple observation, which when alone hardly yields 
sure knowledge of causal relations, has its best re- 
sults in furnishing ground for supposition, and in 
suggesting intelligent experiment. When in its ex- 
ercise we have found reason to suppose that the 
blackening of silver chloride is the effect of light, we 
have recourse to experiment, reversing the order, 
and testing the influence of light upon the salt. We 
hereby extend observation, and determine with pre- 
cision the cause of the phenomenon. 

1 The range of simple observation is greatly extended bj certain 
instrumental aids; as, the telescope, microscope, and photographic 
camera; the thermometer, barometer, galvanometer, and chronometer ; 
the vernier, and instruments of precision generally; the dissecting 
knife of the anatomist, and probe of the surgeon. 



60 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

In the previous section it is indicated that the ob- 
servation of a phenomenon in various circumstances 
leads approximately to the determination of its cause 
or of its effect, by means of the successive elimina- 
tion of circumstances that are immaterial. Now, 
it is a prerogative of experiment to vary the circum- 
stances at will, and thus intelligently to produce pre- 
cisely the sort of variation that conduces most defi- 
nitely to the determination we seek, a variation 
which perhaps nature does not furnish at all. In 
order to know which of the two principal compo- 
nents of air, oxygen and nitrogen, supports combus- 
tion and respiration, we separate them, thus bring- 
ing them into a state not found in nature; then 
testing one and then the other with burning and 
breathing things, we ascertain, by this especial varia- 
tion of circumstances, that oxygen is the effective 
component.* 

1 One hundred years before Bacon's time, Leonardo da Vinci, the 
artist and scientist, wrote : ** Theory is the general, Experiments are 
the soldiers. • • • We must consult Experience, and vary the ctreiim- 
stancei till we have drawn from them general rules ; for It is she who 
furnishes true rules. But of what use, you ask, are these rules? 
I reply that they direct us in the researches of Nature and the opera- 
tions of Art ; they prevent our imposing upon ourselves and others. 
. • • Nature begins from the Reason and ends In Experience ; but, for 
all that, we must take the opposite course: begin from the Experi- 
ment and try to discover the Reason.'* — Venturi, Essai. Bacon em- 
phasized ** the prerogative of experiment," and urged compliance with 
Nature : ^^Natura non alUer qttam parendo vineitur,^^ Coleridge is more 
inquisitoriaL To experiment is '* to bind down material matter under 
the inquisition of reason, and force from her, as by torture, unequiv- 
ocal answers to prepared and preconceived questions." — JPHenoL 



OBSlCBTAtlOK 61 

Moreover, when we cau produce a phenomenon 
artificially, it may be isolated, or at least produced 
amid circnmstances which are well known, and 
hence not liable to be confused with it. For the 
study of noagnetism, a house is built 'apart, with no 
iron in its construction, so as to avoid local disturb- 
ance. Instead of simply observing electricity in 
thunder-clouds, we evolve it in a room by means of 
contrivances that are suflSciently understood, such as 
the Holtz machine, a voltaic battery, or a dynamo. 
A hospital is the. best place for studying disease, for 
the surroundings and treatment of patients are 
largely under control of the physician. When the 
phenomenon in question is thus isolated, we proceed 
to test it by introducing some well-defined circum- 
stance, and noting the consequents. A chemist, hav- 
ing obtained apart a new element or compound, ap- 
plies various well-known reagents in succession, and 
observes what unions or disunions take place. Such 
practical isolation of a phenomenon, and the testing 
it with various familiar and modifying circumstan- 
ces, thus determining definitely its causal relations, 
is perhaps the most important prerogative of experi- 
mental observation. 



v.— ENUMERATION 

§ 37. The first form of induction to be considered 
is one that is in very common use and highly im- 
portant; natural and right under certain provisos 
and limitations, but to be distinguished from sci- 
entifically prepared procedure. It is described by 
Bacon as Inductio per enumerationem svmplicem^ vhi 
non reperitur insta/nUa contradictoria. This, he 
says, is the only mode of induction that was known 
to the ancients, or indeed prior to his time. 

It is of two kinds. One arises from a simple 
enumeration of cases that resemble each other in a 
given mark or marks; the other, from a simple 
enumeration of marks in which given cases resem- 
ble each other. The one is an inference from a 
count of similar instances or cases; the other is an 
inference from a count of similar qualities or marks. 
The one deals with matter relatively to its extension ; 
the other relatively to its intension (§ ^0). The 
former is called enumeration of cases; the latter, 
analogy.* Of these in their order. 

^ Analogy is not recognized by Bacon as a kind of simple enumera- 
tion. It is usually treated by subsequent logicians as a distinct mode of 
inference, sometimes as hardly inductive. The logical place and relation 
here assigned will be justified by its treatment in the sequel (§ 41 sq.). 



ENUMESATION 63 

§ 38. The frequent recurrence of an observed fact 
gives rise in the mind to expectation of its renewal. 
This by the laws of suggestion.' Indeed, a single 
fact strongly impressed does likewise ; as, A burnt 
ohUd d/readsfire. The irrational brute mind seems 
to act in this respect like the human mind. But the 
human mind reaches a higher plane when, having 
observed certain repetitions, it concludes inductively 
a general truth. That AU crows are hlack will be 
stoutly maintained by a boor, and not without rea- 
son, he never having seen a contrary case. We have 
no other proof that AU men are mortal^ and the ad- 
mitted certainty that you and I shall die is a deduc- 
tion from this inductive generalization based on enu- 
meration. 

The formal procedure of induction by an enumer- 
ation of cases may be expressed in the following 
Canon: If many instances agree in having 
two marks in common, then all instances 
having one have also the other mark. 

The process is formulated and exemplified thus: 

li Ay By C^ Dy JS are observed to have each 

the marks m and n, we make the induction that all 
cases having m have also n. Then X, being seen to 
have TTiy is deductively inferred to have an unseen n, 
Newton observed that many highly refractive (m) 
substances, as oils and resins, are combustible (n). 
Through inferring it of all, he reached the further 
conclusion that the diamond, being highly refractive, 

1 For Laws of Suggestion, see PHychohgy^ § 172 sq. 



64 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

is also combustible, which was afterwards verified 
(see § 47). The inductive step takes this form : 

Some specific cases agree in an accidental mark ; 
.*. All such cases agree in this accidental mark. 

In making the induction the mark generalized is 
regarded as a logical accident ; as, All metals anre Ivs- 
trous (§ 5). But further investigation may conclude 
it to be essential; as, Cows rwrriinate^ All animciU 
ha/ve a nervous system / in which case the mark is 
transferred to the definition of the kind. 

§ 39. What justifies this form of induction? 
There is in the human mind a natural and strong 
tendency to generalize from observed repetitions, 
but the only principle that will justify a generaliza- 
tion beyond experience is the principle of uniform- 
ity. This is the basis of every induction. All men 
know that like causes have like effects, with the in- 
verse, and though very few may have thought it in 
abstract form, still when a uniformity is observed, 
when two or more facts frequently and invariably 
concur, these are at once suspected to be causally 
related, either as one determining the other, or as 
coexisting parts of a consequent. Which or what is 
the cause may be quite unknown and unquestioned, 
but an obscure surmise, more or less reliable, that 
the concurrence is due to causation, is the authority 
for the induction. 

If I see a number of men in succession rush by 
my window up the street, instinctively I wonder 



ENUMEBATION 66 

what is tlie matter. I cannot, perhaps, even guess. 
[(Nevertheless, I expect the next one that passes will 
follow the others ; having deduced his case from the 
induction that, for some cause or other, everybody is 
running up the street. On cold, clear nights in the 
north the aurora has frequently appeared, hence at 
such times Northerners watch for it. So we all ex- 
pect meteors in November, and confidently predict 
the zodiacal light in February. Should a comet ap- 
pear with a tail not turned from the sun, astrono- 
mers would be more bewildered than ever. In case 
of a hemorrhage of the lungs, the doctor promptly 
administers a dose of common salt. Why! All 
that he knows, or that any one knows, is that this 
old woman's remedy has often been efiicacious. 
The inference to aU^ which is the inductive step, is 
sometimes so obscurely and quickly passed through 
that it escapes the attention even of logical ana- 
lysts, and the whole process seems to be a direct infer- 
ence from particular to particular ; as when a village 
matron says : " This physic cured my Susan, there- 
fore it will cure your Lucy." But there is surely 
an intermediate universal.* 

General rules, sometimes called laws, obtained by 
induction from a mere enumeration of cases, are 
known as empirical rules or laws; for, the causes 
being unknown, at least in their Tnodus operandi^ 
the induction is made solely on the experience of 
the cases, without investigating the surmised causes, 

' ^oi- tne contrary view, see Mill, Loffic, p. 141 sq. 



66 BLEICENTS OF dDnOnVE LOOIO 

and BO DO explanation by reference to more genen 
law8 is aeaigDable. The practice of medicine is vet 
largely tbuB empirical (§ 96). 

§40. Wbat is the vahie of sach imperfect indn< 
tion?' In the practical afEairs of every-day life i; 
value 16 inestimable. Genura! trnth tliat has bee 
or can be scientitically determined ia insofficient ft 
the needs of the scientist, and is unknown to th 
vnlgar; hence in the vast majority of even moi 
important concerns we are obliged to nse indm 
tioD from ennmeration of cases as the only avai 
able means to gnide expectation and provisory cor 
duct. The hazard that attends it is often great 
still, by an extensive multiplication of facts, no e: 
ception occurring, we are able to infer reliable mle 
Not one person in thousands has any other reaso 
for believing that the snn will rise to-morrow, tin 
the moon will change, that the seasons will com 
and go in fixed order, that industry secnres rewarc 
that no one is content, that money purchases goodi 
that physic cnres, that water quenches thirst, or eve 
that he himself can walk and talk. 

While this form of induction can never furnis 
scientific proof of a universal proposition, but i 
best only yields high probability, yet, even in its let 

' rhe custom is to call the Aristotelio procedare discuesed In § S 
perfect iaduction, though truly it is not laduction at all, and all indu 
liou proper imperfect induction. I prefer to call iaduction bj em 
meratioQ imperfect inductiua, and induction by oiethoda jet to 1 
exponndea perfect induction. 



BNUMEBATION 67 

conclnsive instances, it has great scientiiSc value in 
serving constantly to suggest causal relations, thus 
pointing the way to investigation by the sure meth- 
ods which are to be hereafter discussed. Thus the 
diurnal ebb and flow of the tide, observed for ages, 
led at last to the investigation that proved the moon 
to be the cause.' 

§ 41. To induction by a simple enumeration of 
cases corresponds induction by a simple enumera- 
tion of marks, or analogy. 

> It is quite evident that the mode of induction before us rarely 
gives rise to satisfactory knowledge. ^'Popular notions,*' says Mr. 
Mill, **are usually founded on induction by simple enumeration; in 
science it carries us but a little way. We are forced to begin with it ; 
we must often rely upon it provisionally, in the absence of means of 
more searching investigation ; but for the accurate study of nature, we 
require a surer and a more potent instrument." — Logic^ p. 227. It is 
surprising, after so excellent a statement, to find this highest authority 
holding and laboring to prove that the " ground of induction " is ground- 
ed on enumeration. See tupra^ § 19, note. In this palpable diallelon 
(§ 146) he is followed, as in other respects, by Mr. Bain. — Logic^ bk. iii., 
ch. xi., § 18. Mr. Venn admits the logical fault, but comes to the res- 
cue with a psychological justification. — Logic of Chance^ ch. x., § 14. 

Bacon strongly condemns induction by simple enumeration as un- 
scientific, as ** mera palpatio." He says: "Inductio quae procedit per 
enumerationem simplicem res puerilis est, et precario concludit, et 
periculo exponitur ab instantia contradictori4, et plerumque secundum 
pauciora quam par est, et ex his tantummodo quae prsesto sunt, pro- 
nunciat. At Inductio quae ad inventionem et demonstrationem Scien- 
tiarum et Artium erit utilis Naturam separare debet, per rejectionep 
et exclusiones debitas ; ac deinde, post negativas tot quot sufficiunt, 
super affirmativas concludere."— -^^i^ Org.^ bk. I., aph. 105. k^\. ^p.». 
25 and aph. 69. Mr. Mill quotes approvingly the same passage " as 
a final condemnation of this rude and slovenly mode of generaliza- 
tion.*' — LogiCy p. 549. 



66 fiLEMENTd OF ntDVariVE Looio 

Analogy is liable to be confused with metaphor. 
The latter, taken' in a wide sense, is a rhetorical 
form wherein, becanse of some resemblance between 
two things, the marks of one are transferred to the 
other. Becanse they are alike in courage, we say : 
Achillea is a lion. So also : There is a tide in the 
affairs of men^ etc.; Age is the evening of life; 
Qratitude is the metnory of the heart; A ship 
ploughs the sea ; James^ Cephas^ and John were pUr 
lars of the church. Such similitudes are used to 
adorn and to illustrate, but are inconsequent, and 
give rise to a fallacy (§ HO). Analogy likewise is 
founded on resemblance, and the name is often very 
loosely applied to any and all similes. But as a 
logical form, analogy is restricted to such resem- 
blances as are consequent, furnishing ground for 
logical proof.* 

According to its early definition, analogy is an 
equality of relations. For example: As is a father 
to his children^ so is a ruler to his subjects. Here 
we have stated, in an equality or identity of re- 
lations, the paternal theory of government, from 
which may be deduced the duties of citizens.* But 
it is now usual and better to extend the logical 

^ Metaphor (from fUTa-<pspeiv, to transfer) is a mental transference 
of marks. Analogy is not a transference of marks, but because some 
marks are observed to be inherent, other marks are inferred to be in- 
herent, which is not transference, but inference. 

' With Aristotle analogy is horric Xoyutv, an equality of relations 
His example is : &c ydp kv fftotfiart orpiiCt iv ^h^XP vovq. — Ath. I^ic 
I., vi., 11. Formally this is a proportion, an equality or ratios. In 
mathematics the term analogy is still used in this restricted sense. 



EKUMSBATION 69 

meaning of analogy to any resemblance, not merely 
of relations, but of things and classes of things, that 
justifies an inference of further resemblance. 

§ 42. Accordingly we have already defined in- 
duction by analogy as an inference from a simple 
enumeration of marks in which given cases resem- 
ble each other (§ 37). A sportsman has found trout 
in a deep pool of a clear brook. On coining to an- 
other pool, very similar in many observed respects, 
he makes the induction by analogy that it is sim- 
ilar in yet other respects ; thence he deduces the 
probable presence of trout ; and casting in his line, 
proceeds to verify the case. Solid metal is marked 
by a peculiar lustre ; hydrogen has many metallic 
qualities ; hence, through an induction by analogy, 
it is highly probable that, should hydrogen be so- 
lidified, it would exhibit metallic lustre. 

The formal procedure of induction by an enumer- 
ation of marks may be expressed in the following 
Canon: If two instances agree in having 
many marks in common, then all marks 
in the one are also in the other instance. 

The process is formulated and exemplified thus: 
If A and A' are observed to have many marks 
in common, we pass by analogy beyond this ex- 
Derience, and infer all their marks to be cotnmon ; 
then, having noted that A has a mark m not seen in 
A\ we deduce its presence there. The evidence 
that brutes are consciously intelligent is analogical. 
There being very many physical points notably 



70 ELEMENTS OF IKDUOTIVE LOGIO 

common to man and brate, the induction is to all 
points, making allowance for differences of degree; 
and thence is deduced, what cannot be directly ob- 
served, the conscious intelligence of the brute. It 
is usual to say that brutes show signs of conscious 
intelligence by certain actions ; but these actions are 
merely transient marks obviously common, which 
are accepted as analogical signs in the brute of a 
deeper mark beyond observation. Let it be noted 
that the complete analogical argument here illus- 
trated consists of two steps, an induction followed 
by a deduction. The first step being obscure, is 
usually overlooked, and hence the inference seems 
to pass immediately from particular to particular. 

When the two cases under consideration are of 
the same kind, an essential mark belonging to the 
definition of the kind evidently cannot be made the 
occasion of analogical inference. Only marks con- 
sidered accidental are inferable by analogy. The 
inductive step takes this form : 

Some accidental marks agree in two specific cases ; 
.-. All accidental marks agree in these two cases. 

This may yield a fuller knowledge of .the essence. 
Some, many, accidental marks are common to oaks 
and pines. Then, from an induction of all, we con- 
clude that, since oaks are observed to be dicoty- 
ledonous, pines are so likewise. This, verified by 
observation, has been adopted as a generic mark. 

Generally the same result may be obtained by 
either mode of enumeration. The conclusion that 



ENUMERATION 71 

/ ara mortcbl may be had thus : My neighbor and I 
being mnch alike, and he dying, then I too shall die 
So also Newton's inference that the diamond is 
combustible (§ 38) may be represented analogically. 
This might be expected from the striking similarity 
of these two forms of inductibn, and from the con- 
vertibility of extension and intension to which they 
severally correspond (§ 37). 

§ 43. The justification of an inference by analogy, 
like that from an enumeration of cases, lies in the 
principle of uniformity. The sole support of the 
induction is the knowledge or surmise, however ob- 
scure, that the marks observed to coexist in the one 
case are causally connected, and hence may be in- 
ferred to coexist in the analogous case. Hence, if the 
observed property or mark m be known to be un- 
connected causally with any of the properties of A 
in which A^ resembles -4, there is no basis for ana- 
logical inference. On the other hand, if the mark 
m be known to be connected causally with some one 
of these properties of Aj the imperfect induction by 
analogy is superseded by a perfect induction (§ 40 n.). 
We must be measurably assured that m, is connected 
causally with some of the resembling properties with- 
out knowing with which it is so connected. 

It is evident that if the induction from some cor- 
respondences in the two cases to aU were fully author- 
ized, the result would be one of entire identity ; also 
that cases are hardly ever so thoroughly assimilated. 
The aU of the induction, therefore, can be taken only 



72 BLBMBNTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

in a loose and donbtful sense even when no con- 
traries are observed, and the deduction from it is at 
best doubtful. If, along with an observed commu- 
nity of many marks, there is also an observed dispar- 
ity of others, these as against those proportionally 
diminish the probability of the inference. When 
the differences balance the resemblances, analogy 
affords no presumption. 

There are striking points of community between 
the senses of smell and taste, and also of hearing and 
seeing, which have led by analogy to a fuller knowl- 
edge of them.^ Sodium and potassium have many 
points of agreement and few of difference ; there is, 
therefore, considerable probability that a newly ob- 
served quality of one has its counterpart in the 
other; or, since qualities are causes, that an effect due 
to sodium might also arise from potassium, such as 
the rapid decomposition of water at ordinary tem- 
perature. An instance may thus have the mark of 
being a cause or an effect. 

Plato's Republic, whose constitution is modelled 
by that of the individual man, is a brilliant ideal ; 
but to infer from three leading functions of mind 
that there should be three classes of citizens in the 
state is inept, for these are not counterparts. Yet, 
when we observe that pure reason is legislative, 
thought judicial, and will executive, and thus dis- 
cover in human nature the approved functions of 
departments of state, the resemblances are sufficient 

> These analogies are more fuUy stated in Psychjology^ §§ 9, 20. 



ENT7M£RATION 78 

to justify an inference by analogy to others that are 
derivative. 

A famoas analogical argument is, that, since the 
earth and tlie moon have many points of resemblance, 
and the earth is peopled, therefore the moon also is 
peopled. To this it is properly objected, first, that 
being peopled cannot be surmised as the effect even 
remotely of any or all the enumerated resemblances; 
secondly, that the points of difference are much 
more numerous and weighty than the resemblances, 
and therefore the presumption is decidedly to the 
contrary. If we substitute Mars for the moon, the 
resemblances are increased and the differences di- 
minished, but still the argument fails. A better ana- 
logical inference is that* the stars, like the sun, are 
attended by planets.' 

§ 44. Analogy renders good service in practical 
concerns by furnishing useful hints that sometimes 
ripen into maxims or rules of life. It helps to a 
good guess, is an index to truth. The balsam of 
Peru, besides many other properties, is medicinal ; the 
balsam of Tolu agrees in many of those properties, 
and presumably may replace the other in pharmacy. 
But such inferences standing alone are very hazard- 
ous. The order of plants Solanacem is defined by 
many common points. It includes the tomato, po- 
tato, and egg-plant, which are wholesome food. To 



' See the anonymous essay, usuaUy attributed to Dr. Whewell, en' 
titled "Of the PluraUty of Worids.'* 



74 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVB LOGIC 

infer this of all other species would be perilous, for 
the order includes the thorn-apple, tobacco, and also 
belladonna or deadlj-nightshade, a virulent poison. 

To establish any scientific doctrine whatever anal- 
ogy of itself is quite insufficient. The brilliant trea- 
tise entitled " Natural Law in the Spiritual World," * 
whose argument in support of its leading doctrine, 
indicated in the title, is only and can only be from 
analogies, has not widened the domain of science 
or increased its treasures. Still, the process has 
scientific value. It may often profitably be used to 
confirm a truth otherwise ascertained, and thus be- 
come ancillary to science. It is useful too in ten- 
tative or provisional classifications, as those of the 
Linnaean botanical system. But its principal service 
is to suggest lines of research by certain conclusive 
methods to be considered hereafter. The points of 
community between hearing and seeing suggested 
to Huyghens and to Young, that, as bearing is the 
effect of vibrations of an external elastic mediunnl, so 
seeing might perhaps have a similar cause. Thus by 
analogy originated the hypothesis of an undulating 
luminiferous ether. 

Analogy has also a negative but great scientific 
value in meeting objections, and thus is a useful de- 
fensive instrument. The argument of the masterly 
treatise entitled "The Analogy of Eeligion to the 
Constitution and Course of Nature"* shows that the 
difficulties in religion, natural and revealed, have the 

* By Henry Drummond, F.R.G S ' By Bishop Joseph Butler. 



ENUMEBATIOK 75 

Bame relation to their respective Bjstems that the 
difficalties in the course of nature have to the entire 
system of nature. If, then, the latter be admitted 
to proceed from a divine Author, the difficulties in 
the former are not a valid objection to a like origin. 
In this statement the analogy is represented ex- 
pressly as an equality of relations (§ 41). It may be 
stated also thus: Nature and religion are iarge'iy 
analogous — that is, have many likenesses, even as to 
difficulties; if, notwithstanding these, a divine Au- 
thor is attributed to the former. He cannot, because 
of them, be consistently denied to the latter. It is 
not intended to prove the divine origin of religion, 
but indirectly to coniSrm proper proofs by showing 
that the difficulties in religion, being like those ad- 
mitted by the deist to exist in nature, cannot be 
offered by him as an objection to its divine origin. 
The procedure is evidently ad hominem (§ 108). 



VI.— PROBABILITY 

§ 45. It has several times been stated that ennmer- 
ation furnishes only probable evidence. Let us now 
examine the meaning of probability, and consider 
its bearing. 

To probability is opposed certainty. Only intui- 
tion and demonstration, as in pure mathematics, are 
attended by pure or strict certainty. Demonstration 
starts with and results in certainty, for its ultimate 
premises are intuitive necessary principles, and it 
carries their strict certainty into its conclusions. The 
process is always a deduction, for it proceeds from 
the strictly universal to the less general. Both de- 
ductive and inductive logic, like pure mathematics, 
deduce their formal theorems or canons from intuitive 
necessary principles; the process is demonstrative, 
the results strictly certain, admitting no degrees.* 

But the application of the theorems of logic to em- 
pirical matter involves, as in applied mathematics, 
the essential uncertainties of experience (§ 8), as well 
as those arising from the imperfect fulfilment of the 
theoretic conditions. It is clear that any uncertainty 
in the premises is followed by an equal uncertainty 

» On the feeling of certainty, see Fisychology, §§ 69, 118, 227. 



PBOBABILITT 77 

in the conclusion (§ 91). Hence in the employment 
of induction especially, since the material application 
of its formal theorems depends wholly on experience, 
strict demonstrative certainty is anattainabla 

Probable evidence is distingaished from demon- 
strative by admitting degrees from the lowest pre- 
sumption upward, but not reaching strict certainty. 
That the tide ebbs and flows to-day affords a slight 
presumption that it will do so to-morrow; and the 
evidence gathers force with each added observation, 
until the observations of ages, no exception occurring, 
afford by enumeration alone inductive proof of high 
order, giving strong assurance that it will do so again, 
but not giving certainty in its strict sense. Events 
falling within this wide range are regarded as merely 
more or less probable. 

Having set probability apart from strict certainty, 
let us narrow its range by a further distinction. Be- 
sides strict or pure certainty we recognize physical 
and moral certainty, the former relating to natural, 
the latter to human, events.^ These together may be 
called empirical certwnty. When an order of facts 
has been proved by a rigorous application of the de- 
terminative methods yet to be discussed, it is scien- 
tiiically ascertained, and is said to be physically or 
morally certain as the case may be — that is, empirically 
certain, and not merely probable. Here, then, is the 

^ Moral certainty, an objectionable phrase, usually quite indefinite, 
but too well established to be changed or rejected. Tlie meaning to 
which we here limit it is justified by the etymology of moral, from Lat 
mo8y mortsi manner, custom, habit, conduct. 



9d fiLfiMfil!(Td 09 mDUOtlVB LOOlO 

upper limit of probability. Its extent is from the 
lowest presumption having any, the slightest, evi- 
dence in its favor, up to the physical or moral cer- 
tainty, the empirical certainty, of scientific trntk 
That the sun will rise to-morrow is not strictly cer- 
tain, but is physically certain. That, when the snn- 
set sky is red, the morrow will be clear, is not a 
scientifically ascertained sequence, but has at best 
only some degree of probability. 

§ 46. Comparatively few phenomena in nature, still 
fewer in human affairs, present themselves in a form 
suited to dose scientific investigation. By far the 
greater number, often those of the highest practical 
moment, are out of reach of scientific treatment, and 
our knowledge of them and our conclusions from 
them are uncertain. These fall within the wide 
range lying between bare conjecture and empirical 
certainty, the range of probability. In such matters 
we are dependent on imperfect unscientific induc- 
tion, merely approximate generalization, such as is 
yielded by enumeration. This probable evidence, in 
its very nature, affords but an imperfect kind of in- 
formation, yet on a vast multitude of occasions we 
have no other resource in guiding our conduct. The 
ability to judge fairly of probabilities distinguishes 
the man of wide experience, close observation, and 
practical sagacity. When pronouncing what is likely 
to be true — that is, like in evidence or circumstances 
to some known truth or true event — he rarely errs. 

" It is observation that produces, in numberless 



PBOBABiLmr 79 

daily instances, a presumption, opinion, or full con< 
viction that such an event has or will come to pass ; 
according as the observation is that the like event 
has sometimes, most commonly, or always, so far as 
our observation reaches, come to pass at like dis- 
tances of time or place, or upon like occasions. 
Hence arises the belief that a child, if it live twen- 
ty years, will grow up to the stature and strength of 
a man ; that food will contribute to the preservation 
of its life, and the want of it for such a number of 
days be its sure destruction. So likewise the rule 
and measure of our hopes and fears concerning the 
success of our pursuits, our expectations that others 
will act so and so in such circumstances, and our 
judgment that such and such actions proceed from 
such principles — all these rely upon our having ob- 
served the like to what we hope, fear, expect, judge. 
And thus it is that to us probability is the very guide 
of life." ' 

" Even when science has really determined the 
universal laws of any phenomenon, not only are 
these laws generally too much encumbered with con- 
ditions to be adapted to every-day use, but the cases 
which present themselves in life are too complicated, 
and our decisions require to be taken too rapidly, to 
admit of waiting till the existence of a phenomenon 
can be proved by what have been scientifically ascer- 
tained to be the universal marks of it. To be inde- 
cisive and reluctant to act, because we have not evi- 

' Butler, Analogy^ Int. 



80 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIO 

dence of a perfectly conclusive character to act on, 
is a defect. If we would succeed in action, we must 
judge by indications which, though they do not gen- 
erally mislead us, yet sometimes do, and we must 
make up, as far as possible, for the incomplete con- 
clusiveness of any one indication, by obtaining others 
to corroborate it. The principles of induction ap- 
plicable to approximate generalization are therefore 
not a less important subject of inquiry than the rules 
for the investigation of universal truths." * 

§ 47. The formal validity of the canons of enu- 
meration is conditioned on there being no real ex- 
ceptions, inatantia cont^adictoria (§ 37). In an appli- 
cation to a material' case, though no exception may 
have been observed, and though we may feel assured 
from the extent of the observations that if there 
were an exception we should have met with it, still, 
since we can never be positive of this, it follows that 
a universal by enumeration is never more than prob- 
able. We surmise, and perhaps strongly suspect, the 
observed uniformity to be due to causation wherein 
a real exception is impossible ; as, Horses eai grass^ 
Cows chew the cud^ Birds lay eggs ; ' but when quite 
ignorant of the determining causes, though feeling 



> Mill, Logic, p. 417. 

' Such invariable attributes sometimes oome to be regarded as es- 
sential marks of natural kinds, and then are posited as generic defin- 
ing qualities ; as, fframinivoroiut^ ruminant^ oviparous. In such case 
to say, for example, that All birds lay eggs is merely to refer to the 
definition, and is not an induction. 



PROBABILITY 81 

sure of their existence, we can do no more than vent- 
ure a highly probable universal proposition. 

The saying that a real exception to a causal uni- 
formity is impossible is simply a varied statement of 
the irrefragable principle of uniformity, and when 
a real exception occurs we know at once that the 
phenomena in question are not causally related. Be- 
fore giving up our probable universal, however, we 
should be very sure the exception is real, and not 
merely apparent (§ 8). Merely apparent exceptions 
frequently occur, due to the presence of some counter- 
acting circumstance, some modifying or preventive 
cause ; as, when gunpowder fails to explode, being 
damp (§ 15). Exceptions of tliis sort do not invali- 
date the induction, its universality being always 
under the general condition : Provided there be no 
prefoentvng cause. We do not lose faith in a medici- 
nal specific because it sometimes fails to cure. But 
any exception rightly checks expectation. We hesi- 
tate, and recognize the hazard of procedure. 

But when a real exception has been detected, this 
observation of a contrary forbids the induction of a 
universal proposition. The best we can say is Some 
(a few, or many, or most, but not all) A^a are J?/ as, 
A few springs are silioious / Many strata a/re fossil- 
iferous / Most cla/ys are ferruginous. Such incom- 
plete uniformities of coexistence are not, cannot be, 
cases of causation, and hardly rise to the dignity of em- 
pirical maxims, much less of laws. The predicate is 
contingent, the coincidence fortuitous. An approxi- 
mate generalization of this sort positing Most are^ or 



82 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVB LOGIC 

Mo8t a/re noty obviously requires a comparative knowl- 
edge of the total, the observed cases being a majority. 
The assertion when limited to these observed cases 
is not an induction, but merely a partial colligation 
(§ 9), and affords no ground for even a probable in- 
ference to unobserved cases. We may only say that 
perhaps, perchance, possibly, others correspond. 
Newton inferred from oils, resins, etc., the invariable 
concurrence of high refrangibility with combusti- 
bility, and thence deductively predicted the combusti- 
bility of the diamond (§ 38). This haply proved true. 
But, as Brewster remarks, had he known the high re- 
fractive power of the minerals greenockite and octa- 
hedrite, and made the prediction of them, it would 
have failed, they being real exceptions invalidating 
the induction, and showing the concurrence to be by 
chance. Facts that thus concur by chance do not 
come within the range of probability indicated in 
§ 45, but lie below in a logical region which we shall 
now examine, preparatory to a rise from it through 
probability into empirical certainty. 

§ 48. It has already been said that a chance or for- 
tuitous event, a pure accident, a hap, a casualty, in " 
the sense of an uncaused event, is impossible in fact, 
or even in thought (§ 18). There is no such thing 
as chance, in antithesis to cause or law, in the whole 
realm of being. So taken, the word has no meaning 
whatever. 

Every event is the result of causes, and might be 
predicted from a knowledge of them. The turning 



PROBABILITY 83 

tip of a particular card is a causal consequence of the 
way the pack is handled, and of the place of that 
card in the pack ; this last is a consequence of the 
way the cards were shuffled; and so on. When a 
leaf, loosened from its stem, falls to the ground, its 
final position is strictly determined by causes operat- 
ing chiefly during its descent through the resisting 
air. Every natural event is physically necessary, but 
not physically certain, for there are many that, in 
our ignorance, we can neither predict nor explain.' 
Such wholly uncertain events are called casual, or 
are said to occur by chance. The word chance is 
thus used as a common name for the unknown cause 
of any single occurrence ; as. The tree fell hy ahcmce 
due north. To say, then, that any one phenomenon 
is produced by chance is merely a conventional mode 
of expressing our ignorance of its cause, and in this 
sense the word has no place in logic' 

' The statement that each natural event is physically necessary 
means that it is causally determined to be just what it is, without pos- 
sible alternative. This is quite apart from our knowledge and belief 
respecting it. Physical ceiiiainty, as described in § 46, has reference 
to knowledge and belief. Certainty and uncertainty are primarily 
states of mind, and are attributed secondarily as marks to a recognized 
relation among objective facts, when the relation so far as known is 
such as to produce some degree of one or the other mental state in the 
observer. It is evident that a complete knowledge of the real relation 
involving physical necessity would be attended by strict certainty, and 
that any inferior degree of certainty is due to a corresponding measure 
of ignorance. See the references in § 46, note ; and Whately, Logie^ 
Appendix I., iv. ; also Thomson, Outline^ etc.y § 122. 

' Says Aristotle : ^oKCi fUv airia ri rvxTf, dSrikov dk AvOpiinrivy 
diavoi^. — Phyaica^ ii., 4. 



84 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

But when two or more phenomena or events, that 
are in no way related through causation, coexist or suc- 
ceed one another, they are said to concur by chance. 
In this sense we shall find use for the word. Examples 
of such concurrence are : We met hy chance^ and, The 
night of CrommeWs deaths a violent storm hrohe over 
London. Also, We ch^mced to arrive cm hov/r apwrt ; 
and. The afppea/r(vn.ce cf the great comet of 1861 wa% 
followed hy war. Some such casual coincidences 
may recur again and again ; as, Mamy great hatUes 
ha/ve ha/ppefned on Sunday. Chance in this sense 
may be defined as the possibility of an event, and the 
problem of chance is to estimate the value of this 
possibility in terms expressing the likelihood of its 
recurrence. 

§ 49. The logical doctrine of chance, then, pro- 
poses to estimate the relative value of a chance. The 
clearest illustrations, perhaps, are drawn from games 
of chance. In these the probabilities are artificially 
balanced ; in other words, there is no probability 
either way. Take a toss of a penny. Head or tail ? 
It must be one or the other, but it is impossible to 
predict which, since there is no ground for proba- 
bility in favor of the occurrence of either.' Still, 



' The terms chance and probability are very often used synony- 
mously ; as, by Laplace in his " Essai Philosophique sur les Probabili- 
t^B," and by Mr. Venn in his '* Logic of Chance, an Essay on the The- 
ory of Probability." In the present treatise we prefer to distinguish 
them. Probable cases are those that have some evidence, more or 
less, in their favor. The probabilities may be either for or against an 



PBOBABiLrnr 85 

we are sure that, in the long mn of many throws, 
the number of heads and tails will be about equal. 
No specific experience seems prerequisite to this as- 
surance. 

How are we assured, without trial, that the chance 
between the two is even? According to the axio- 
matic principle of Sufficient Beason, nothing comes 
to pass without a reason why it should occur in that 
way, rather than in another.' But, in the case sup 
posed, we are acquainted with the causes at work suf- 
ficiently to know that thei*e is nothing, no constant 
cause, giving a bias in the long run to either face of 
the penny ; that is, there is no cause furnishing a 
sufficient reason for inequality. Therefore, inequal- 
ity will not come to pass ; or, in the long-run, equal- 
ity of heads and tails is reasonably expected. 

event — that is, an event is probable or improbable according to the 
evidence of causal connection or repugnance. Chance is not a species, 
but a pure negation of probability, occupying the indifferent mean be- 
tween the probable and Improbable. It is strict uncertainty. 

1 Leibnitz, who introduced this principle into logic, says in a letter 
to Dr. Clarke : ** In order to proceed from mathematics to natural phi- 
losophy, another principle is requisite (as I have observed in my * The- 
odiceea '). I mean the principle of the sufficient reason ; or, in other 
w;ords, that nothing happens without a reason why it should be so, 
rather than otherwise. And, accordingly, Archimedes was obliged, in 
his book * De Equilibrio,* to take for granted that if there be a bal- 
ance, in which everything is alike on both sides, and if equal weights 
are hung on the two ends of that balance, the whole will be at rest. 
It is because no reason can be given why one side should weigh down 
rather than the other.'' The reference is to Theod.^ i., § 44. See Mr. 
Venn's modified view. Logic of Chaneey oh. iv., § 8 sq. Evidently the 
principle of SuflScient Beason is merely an imperfect statement of the 
Laws of Causation, § 18 sq. 



86 ELEMENTS OF INDtJOnVB LOGIC 

Upon this a priori reasoning, whose eubsumption, 
however, is empirical, is based the doctrine of the 
calcnlation of chance. "Tlie calculation in general 
consists in reducing all events of the same kind to a 
certain number of cases equally possible, that is, such 
that we are eqnally undecided as to their existence ; 
and in determining the number of these cases which 
are favorable to the event of which the chance is 
sought. The ratio of that number to the number of 
all the possible cases is the measnre of the chance ; 
which is thus a fraction, having for its namerator 
the number of cases favorable to the event, and 
for its denominator the number of all the cases 
which are possible." ' "We will consider two spe- 
cific forms of chance. 

First, — When the uncertain events are taken, sever- 
ally, the ehxMice of recwrrence ia expressed by the nmrir 
her of cases fanxyrable to it, divided by the whole num- 
ber of possible eases. In tossing a penny 2000 times, 
we reasonably expect each fa,ce to recur about 1000 
times. In every single toss, each of the two possible 
cases is equally possible — that is, equally uncertain. 
The chance, then, of either face recurring is ^. So 
likewise in case of drawing a ball from a bag contain- 
ing an equal number of black and white balls, or, in 
eraljin casting equal lots in any manner.* A die, 



LftpUce, Euai mr lei ProbabUUtt, p. f. 

The remarkable parity of male and female births, atatietlcallj as- 
Ined, files the chance of each at \. The parity of mala and te- 
deatha ia an obvious deducUon from the parity of births. The 



PBOBABILITY 87 

having six faces, the chance of an ace, or any other 
number, is ^; which is only a mode of saying that in 
many throws, for instance 600, the ace would recur 
abont 100 times. Also in each throw the chance 
against an ace is \. If there be in a lottery wheel 
five prizes in every hundred lots, then the chance of 
drawing a prize is .05, or ^ ; and the chance of 
drawing a blank is .95, or |^. 

Second. — When the uncertain events are taken to- 
gether^ the cha/nce of their concurrence recurrmg is 
the product of the sepa/rate chances. When a pair of 
dice is thrown, the chance of an ace with each die 
being ^, the chance of double aces is ^ x ^=tj*^, which 
is also the chance of an ace twice in succession with a 
single die. The chance of cutting a coat-card of the 
twelve in the pack of fifty-two is ^ or ^ ; hence, of 
doing so twice in succession, •^x^ = Y|-y. Let the 
first of three urns contain two black and four white 
balls, and the others six white balls each. What is 
the chance of drawing a black ball ? The chance of 
the drawer's taking the first urn is J. In it the black 
balls are f of its whole number of balls. Hence the 
chance of a black ball is ^ xf =^. Syllogistically : 
Ais^ G; B is\ A; .\ B is \ C. Note that if the 
eighteen balls were in one urn, the chance would be 
the same. 

Mathematicians have greatly extended these prin- 
ciples, and added others, making application to a 



census bulletin of April 27, 1894, shows that in the U. S. males con- 
stitute about 61 per cent of the population. 



88 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIO 

great variety of cases, and have thus elaborated a 
logico-mathematical system known as ,the Theory of 
Chance.' Its practical applications, however, are not 
considerable, nor does its study seem to cultivate sa- 
gacity in the estimate of that probability which is 
" the very guide of life." ' We have touched upon 
only the simplest elements, and these merely with 
a view to their immediate bearing on the general 
theory of probability. 

§ 50. To set apart casual from causal coincidence, 
we need a canon for guidance, since the distinction 
is important and often difficult to mark. Absolute 
frequency of concurrence will not suffice. Some 
events that invariably concur are merely casual ; as, 
every change of fortune in one's life concurs with 
some change in the position of the planets, but we 
no longer believe in planetary influence. On the 
other hand, some events that only occasionally con- 
cur may be causally connected, the failures being 
due to unobserved counteracting circumstances ; as, 
rain only sometimes concurs with an east wind. 

^ The "Essai" of Laplace, quoted above, and that of Quetelet, 
" Sur lea Probabilitfea," are the standard authorities. 

Besides works already referred to, the ** Formal Logic " of Pro- 
fessor De Morgan should be named ; also Quetelet*B ** Essai de Phy- 
sique Soclale,'* and his " Anthropomfetrie." 

« "Never did I know," says Biilwer, " a man who was an habitual 
gambler otherwise than notably inaccurate in his calculations of prob- 
abilities in the ordinary affairs of life. Is it that such a man has be- 
come so chronic a drunkard of hope that he sees double every chance 
in his favor?"— PrAa< WUl He Do wUh /</ ch, x. 



PBOBABILmr 89 

From a fact as indefinite as this last example noth- 
ing can be inferred. Let us suppose, however, that 
rain concurs about as often with east wind as with 
any other ; then it is presumably a chance concur- 
rence. But if rain concurs more frequently with 
east wind than with any other, this indicates that one 
can under certain circumstances cause the other, or 
something cause both. If the concurrence is less 
frequent, this indicates that one, or some cause of 
one, can counteract the other. The form of this 
procedure, distinguishing casual from causal phenom- 
ena, is expressed in the following 

Canon: Estimate the positive frequency 
of each of the phenomena, and how great 
frequency of coincidence would take place, 
if there were neither connection nor re-^ 
pugnance. Then, if the facts correspond, 
the coincidence is presumably casual; but 
if there be greater frequency, there is pre- 
sumably causal connection ; if less, causal 
repugnance. 

To estimate the positive frequency of a phenome- 
non we strike an average on an extended series of 
' observations. This fixes the ratio between its occur- 
rence and its failure to appear. Also it eliminates 
mistakes of the senses, accidents, and all errors that 
do not arise from some permanent bias. Suppose 
we thus ascertain that the phenomenon a occurs once 
for two instances of the general circumstances, and 
that h occurs once for three. These are their posi- 
tive frequencies- 



90 KLK1CK2VT8 OF INDUCnTS UOGIC 

Now, if a and h be independent the average fre- 
quency of their coincidence will be once in two times 
three, or six, instances ; and hence, if the observed 
coincidences be to the instances as one to six, the co- 
incidence is presamably by chance (§ 49). 

But if the observed coincidence is more freqnent 
than one time in six, there is presumably some cause 
tending to prbduce it ; if less, some cause tending to 
prevent it. The probability of concurrence will in- 
crease or diminish with this greater or less frequency. 
If, in a certain locality, during the spring months, 
it shall have been observed for a number of years 
that rain {a) occurs as often as every other day, also 
that an east wind {h) occurs as often as every third 
day, and that they concur on the average once in six 
days, then there is presumably no causal relation be- 
tween them — ^it is a chance concurrence. But if the 
observed concurrence be more frequent or less fre- 
quent, it is evidence of causal relation. 

To vary the illustration : If, in another locality, 
fair weather should occur twenty times as many days 
in the year as not, and westerly winds three times 
as often as not, then, were there no connection or re- 
pugnance, fair weather in the long run would concur 
with westerly wind five times in seven ; for f^ x f =f 
iNow, if the actual concurrence be six in seven, it is 
probable that one tends to produce the other, or that 
t^ere is some common producing cause; if four in 
seven, that one tends to prevent the other, or that 
there 18 some occasional preventing cause. 

Ihe pnnciple appUes to an enumeration of marks 



PBOBABCLITT 01 

or analogy. When the coincident marks in two cases 
are greater or less in number than chance would af- 
ford, we infer that they are causally related, and make 
a probable induction respecting unobserved marks. 
The East Indian and the English languages have 
more common points of syntactical construction, and 
similar names for the same things, than chance will 
account for, which analogy indicates a common ori- 
gin. This renders it probable that other similar feat- 
ures are discoverable, so that the existence of some 
peculiarity in the one justifies a search for its ana- 
logue in the other. The differences between English 
and Arabic are greater than chance would yield ; hence f 
a probable repugnancy in fundamental construction, 
and an expectant search for still other divergences. 

§ 51. The principle involved in the foregoing 
canon furnishes ground for the elimination of chance. 

In the first place it distinguishes a series of concur- 
ring phenomena having real exceptions from such as 
have only apparent exceptions (§ 47). As the former 
does not justify induction, it is, when exposed, set 
aside as the result of chance — eliminated as unfitted 
for inductive investigation. That many great battles 
have happened on the Sabbath day is an historical fact 
from which nothing can be inferred ; for a count would 
doubtless find them to be one-seventh of all — a mere 
chance, yet striking coincidence. 

In the next place the canon helps us in complex 
cases to distinguish and eliminate the chance accom- 
paniments of a phenomenon undergoing investiga- 



92 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

tion. Every phenomenon occurs to observation amid 
circumstances that are immaterial — that is, having no 
causative relation to the case. Many of these are 
eliminated by the plainest common-sense ; as, in a 
chemical experiment in the wet way, it is immaterial 
whether the containing vessel be glass or porcelain. 
Many are eliminated by isolating the phenomenon as 
far as possible, and producing it experimentally amid 
well-known circumstances (§ 36). Still some usually 
persist whose presence, though invariable, has no bear- 
ing on the case, and whose absence would not modify 
it. The relative position of the planets was believed 
by the alchemists to exert an important influence on 
experimental combinations. The chemist of to-day 
is sometimes embarrassed by persistent accompani- 
ments which are really chance concurrences, and so 
need not be regarded. Observation of the phenom- 
enon in various situations, artificially varying the cir- 
cumstances when practicable, is a means by which, 
according to the canon before us, immaterial, chance 
circumstances may be detected, and then eliminated 
from consideration. This process is especially im- 
portant as preliminary to a search for the cause or 
effect of a phenomenon by the scientific methods to 
be considered subsequently. 

An obvious example of the elimination of casual 
circumstances is the conSmon-sense explanation of 
the progress of the seasons. The fluctuations of 
temperature from day to day due to meteorological 
change are chance accompaniments, which, being 
eliminated, leave the corresponding progress of the 



PSOfiABlLiTT 93 

sun from solstice to solstice as the one determining 
or causal antecedent. The sure profits of a faro- 
bank, having a capital too large to be broken by a 
run of bad luck, are explained in like manner ; for, 
eliminating the chance elements, there remains, in 
the very constitution of the game, a small but per- 
manent advantage in favor of the banker, which in 
the long-run insures his winnings. In all so-called 
games of chance which nevertheless involve skill, 
as whist, success in the long-run falls to the skilful 
players.* 

An elimination of the chance elements of a com- 
plex phenomenon occasionally discovers small and 
hence unsuspected though permanent causes. A 
series of throws will detect a loaded die by the turn- 
ing up of a certain face oftener than chance will ac- 
count for. The slightly more than chance errors of 
an instrument of precision indicate some minute per- 
manent bias, for which, when determined, allowance 
must be made. In this way the obscure diurnal va- 
riation of the barometer was discovered. An elimi- 
nation of its grosser meteorological fluctuations from 
many daily observations, brought it to light and 
measurement.' 

* Judge Gaynor, now of the Supreme Court of New York, decided 
(1894) that horse-racing is not a lottery within the legal definition any 
more than in common speech. The opinion says : *^ A lottery depends 
on a lot or a chance, such as the casting of lots, the throwing of dice, 
or the turning of a wheel. In a race the horse-owners pay a sum, not 
to win a larger sum by lot or chance, but in order to enter into the 
contest of skill, endurance, and speed upon which the stake depends." 

' Even with the best instruments of precision, strict accuracy can- 



94 ELEMENTS OF mDUOTIVE LOGIC 

§ 52. The preceding considerations prepare us to 
examine more definitely the valuation of probabili- 
ties. It has already been stated that when a uni- 
formity is noted by the enumeration of only a few 
instances, there is a slight presumption in favor of 
an inductive universal ; and that as observations vary- 
ing in circumstances multiply, no contrary case oc- 
curring, the probability increases until it reaches the 
highest degree, bordering on physical or moral cer- 
tainty (§ 45). A deduction from a universal by enu- 
meration, subsuming some particular unobserved 
instance, is attended by all the hazard involved in 
the universal ; and if the particular differs consider- 
ably from the observed instances in its circumstan- 
ces, the deduction, even from a highly probable 

♦ 

not be expected in a single obserration. Therefore it is usual to make 
a large number of observations, and, by an application of the methods 
of probability, to approximate very closely and surely the true 
value. For the best instruments of precision are subject to varia- 
tions. Heat, with its irregular warping influence, draughts of air, dust 
and consequent friction, distortion by strains, and the slow uneven 
contraction of metal which continues long after casting — all these 
cause deviations. Moreover, every instrument is liable to some per- 
manent bias, due to imperfect construction, which vitiates results, and 
therefore must be ascertained and eliminated from each observation. 

Another form of permanent bias lies in the observer, some mental 
disposition inclining him constantly to perceive in a case more or per^ 
haps less than is real. Add to this the special action of his muscles 
and nerve currents. Allowance must be made, especially in minute 
observations on quantity, for the personal bias of each observer. Its 
value is expressed in what is called his ** personal equation," which 
phrase has become familiar to us in connection with astronomical ob- 
servations. It is ascertained only by comparing the results obtained 
by various observers of the same or similar phenomena. 



PBOBABILITY 95 

universal, becomes so precarious as to have little 
value. 

It has also been stated that the discovery of a real 
exception invalidates the universal (§ 47). The Zulu 
of a century ago believed no doubt that AU men a/re 
Hack. To AU swcms a/re white there are unaccount- 
able exceptions. The satellites of Uranus and Nep- 
tune retrograde, and so invalidate AUmewhers of the 
8ola/r system move east/oia/rd. Such are cases of over- 
hasty generalization, a fault of every day and every 
hour, acknowledged by the Psalmist in " I said in my 
haste, AU Tnen a/re Uars?^ 

Exceptions not known to be real, and hence pre- 
sumably only apparent, do not invalidate the uni- 
versal, since it is conditioned on the proviso that no 
interference or prevention takes place. A modifying 
or disturbing cause or force may be always present, 
and in some cases prevail, becoming a preventive 
cause. That all terrestrial bodies fall to the ground 
from a given height with like velocity is not invali- 
dated by the retarding effect of the ever-present air, 
nor falsified in the case of an ascending balloon. 
The expression is rendered unexceptionable and still 
more general by saying that all bodies tend so to fall. 
Thus a tendency, even if never realized, may be 
recognized as universal. The generalities of Me- 
chanics are rendered more exact by expressing them 
in terms of tendency to motion, or pressure.* 

1 " The habit of neglecting this necessary element in the prec^e ez- 
presrion of the laws of nature has given birth to the popular prejudice 



96 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTTVE LOGIC 

But instances more or less liable to frustration by 
unrecognized interferences yield only a questionable 
universal, under which the subsumption of an unob- 
served particular diflEering much in its circumstances 
is precarious, and the conclusion only more or less 
probable. The Greek church has flourished chiefly 
among the Slavonic races, the Roman among the 
Latin, the Protestant among the Teutonic. Hence 
an affinity may be presumed between these several 
forms and the character of the races. Change of 
time, place, or circumstances, as lapse of centuries, 
emigration, political revolution, often breaks this uni- 
formity. It is at best an empirical generalization, 
whose application to unobserved cases yields only a 
low degree of probability. 

Approximate generalizations that are not mere 
colligations of observed cases (§ 47), but are induc- 
tions proper, extending beyond experience, are usu- 
ally expressed by Most are or Most a/re notj or 
their equivalents; as, Most Judges a/re incorrupti- 
hle. Otherwise we say that the proposition is true 
in general, or generally, which in usage implies that 
exceptions are recognized at least as possible; as, 
It seems to be generally true that Every man has 
his price^ that The wealthy a/re more mrlmous tham, 



that all general truths have exceptions ; and much unmerited distrust 
has thence accrued to the conclusions of science, when they have been 
submitted to the judgment of minds insufficiently disciplined and cul- 
tivated. The rough generalizations suggested by common observation 
usually have exceptions ; but principles of science, or, in other words, 
laws of causation, have not." — Mill, Logie^ p. 819. 



PROBABnJTT 97 

tli^ indigefU, that JPunishment deters from crime. 
A statement of provisos, when complete, converts 
the very general into a nni versa! proposition ; as, An 
absolute sovereign toill abuse his power ^ unless his 
position depend on the good-will of his snbjects, or 
unless he have great rectitude and resolution, or un- 
less he be guided by a minister having these quali- 
ties. So also, Honesty is the best policy y provided it 
squares with current opinions, promotes public in- 
terest, and is displayed to view. The value of the 
probability involved in such generalities cannot be 
exactly, numerically estimated. It taxes the sagacity 
of the experienced observer to judge their worth in 
general statement, and in application to special or 
particular cases. They abound in practical affairs, 
and are largely the guide of public and private con- 
duct.* 

It should be noted that induction by enumeration 
very often arises from groups of instances, extends 
to similar groups, and thus becomes more reliable, 
attaining a higher degree of probability. Thus, if in 
many observed groups containing A^Sj most A^s are 
£, then in all groups containing J.'«, most A^s are J3. 
If in various counties of Virginia most farms grow 



* The form of the argument is : l/xi», yi»; but y is; ,\ x (prob- 
ably, presumably) i*. This is recognized as a fallacy when the rela- 
tion is that of reason and consequent (§§ 91y 119^ IJ^S) ; but when, as 
here, the condition is causal (§ 110\ it affords a probability, a pre- 
sumption in favor of the conclusion. For the allowed plurality of 
causes (§ 22), which investigation reduces, alone forbids the tine qva 
rum reading : Only i/xis,yi8j which would yield .*. x is. See g 69. 
T 



98 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVE LOGIC 

tobacco, then in all counties most farms grow it ; or, 
simply, most farms in Virginia grow tobacco. The 
inference from observed groups to similar unob- 
served groups is more probable than inference to 
individuals. 

§ 53. An indefinite judgment of probability is 
frequently expressed definitely, borrowing the lan- 
guage of chance, in the form of a ratio; as, It is 
ten to one th'Ot a d/i^nha/rd cannot he reformed ^ 
and. Not more than one person in a hundred forms 
independent opinions in polities or reUffion^ Such 
statements are inaccurate, but, making an approach 
toward a measure of probability, are significant of 
degree. The statement that As likely as not he vnU 
consent is an inference from some one's character to 
his conduct as wholly uncertain. A turf-gambler 
will bet two or more to one on his favorite racer, 
according to his judgment of the ratio of probabil- 
ities. 

An accurate numerical expression of probability, 
like that of chance, is practicable in many instances 
both of natural phenomena and of human afiairs, 

' "What Hobbes says of Charles IL— 

'Nam tunc adolescens 
Credidit ille, qnibas credidit ante Pater*— 

is true of the vast majority of men even in the most enlightened 
countries. Hence a strong probability that any given individual has 
never exercised any independent judgment in politics or in religion. 
A hundred to one is a safe estimate of such a probability.'^ — Bain, 
Logic, bk. iii., ch. xiv. 



PBOBABILITT 99 

with the modification that the positive frequency of 
the phenomenon can very rarely if ever be known a 
priori (§ 49), but must be ascertained by observations 
reduced to actual count. For example, all the met- 
als are white, including shades of gray, except two, 
copper and gold. As chance will not account for 
this, we presume there is some modifying cause in 
the atomic constitution of these exceptions which 
determines the difierence. I^ow, since there are 
fifty known metals, the probability that hydrogen, 
when liquefied, will be white is as 50 to 2. In gen- 
eral, then, if we know the exact proportion of in- 
stances in an approximate generalization, we can state 
numerically the degree of probability of an inference 
from it. If there be no exceptions to a well-ascer- 
tained uniformity, the probability is at its maximum. 
An actual count, extensive and exhaustive, thus 
enables us to express probabilities with scientific 
precision. Herein lies the inestimable value of sta- 
tistics. Statistical estimates and investigations, with 
a view to setting up an inductive universal, or at 
least a general rnle^ successfully strive by what is 
improperly called a wide induction of facts, prop- 
erly a wide enumeration of cases, to approximate the 
certainties of exact science. Our decennial census 
makes a wide count of very many matters relative 
to the lives, property, resources, and occupations of 
the people. These are reduced by the Census Bu- 
reau, averages struck, and ratios obtained, which, 
through induction, justify inferences of great value, 
■especially to the immediate future. 



100 KLKMENTd OV lltt)ttCrMVE LOQtO 

For illastration, let us suppose that in a given 
county the average number of annual deaths in ten 
years is found to be two per cent, of the population ; 
then we may confidently infer that in the next dec- 
ade a like per centum of mortality will prevail, pro- 
vided the population, mode of living, etc., are not 
materially changed. This inference is from one 
temporal group to another. It would be equally 
competent to infer the same per centum of mortal- 
ity of an adjoining analogous county for either dec- 
ade. We remark that the inference is indiflEerent 
as to order of time, since it would be true likewise 
of the previous decade, but that it is greatly weakened 
if applied to a case differing considerably in time, 
place, or circumstances. Also we remark that, while 
this inference from group to group, temporal or 
spatial, may reach the highest probability, it fur- 
nishes no ground for inference respecting the life of 
any individual member of a group. 

Such statistics as to term of life, loss by fire, ship- 
wreck, and the like, furnish a safe basis on which to 
calculate the value of risks, and so justify the in- 
vestment of large capital in the business of insur- 
ance. For example, the American Tables of Mor- 
tality show the results of wide and accurate statistical 
observation. Among other averages they give the 
expectancy — ^that is, the probability — of life for differ- 
ent ages. A healthful man at 20 years of age has 
an expectancy of 42 years more ; at 30, of 35 years ; 
at 40, of 28 ; at 50, of 21 ; at 60, of 14 ; at 70, of 8. 
The rates charged by a life-insurance office for a 



PBOBABILTTY 101 

policy of $1000 increase as the expectancy decreases. 
It is quite obvious, yet needing to be stated, that 
the probabilities of life thus estimated are of no as- 
surance to the individual person insured, but only to 
the oflSce insuring. The inference Irom the large 
group statistically estimated as to mortality to the 
large group the oflSce has in hand holds good, those 
who die short of expectancy being balanced on the 
average by those who live beyond it, and by this 
means the office knows in advance with high prob- 
ability the amount from year to year of its disburse- 
ments, and rates its charges to correspond. 



TIL— DIFFERENCE 

^ 54. la view of the foregoing discQBsion of in- 
duction by enumeration it is plain that, were there 
no surer canons, the prospect of attaining scientific 
truth of unquestionable universality wonld be hope- 
less. The radical defect of ennmeration is that in 
this preparation for induction there is only a sar- 
mise that a determining canse exists, not an ascer- 
tained knowledge of the actual determining cause. 
Consequently, by conforming to its stated canons, 
we reach only a tentative, somewhat probable, but 
still, except in the rarer eases, hazardous, generality. 
Induction grounded on enumeration is truly indnc- 
tion, but imperfect, always falling short of empirical 
certainty (§ 45). 

A knowledge of the cause or effect of a phenom- 
enon is scientific knowledge, as stated in the ancient 
aphorism : Scientia est r&rum, cognoscere causas. 
8ncb knowledge is a sure foundation for indnction, 
I prerequisite to perfect induction characterized 
empirical certainty. In undertaking now an ex- 
ination of the several methods by which this pre- 
inary knowledge is sought, it will be well at the 
set, for the sake of clearness, to express formally 
governing principle of the induction which it 



DIFFEBENOB 103 

conditions. This principle is derived directly from 
the primary Laws of Causation, being, indeed, 
merely a slight modification of the Axioms of Uni- 
formity (§§ 19, 21). It may properly be termed the 
General Canon of Perfect Induction, reading thus: 
Canon : A cause and its effect being known, 
from all like causes like effects are inferable, 
and from all like effects like causes are in- 
ferable. 

Hence it is evident that, in logical order, before 
the induction takes place, a preparatory problem is 
to be solved : either, a particular cause being given, 
to find its effect ; or, a particular effect being given, 
to find its cause. When this is done, the induction, 
expressed in a strictly universal proposition, is, ac- 
cording to the canon, immediately inferred. 

§ 65. The several methods of solving the prepara- 
tory problem constitute one of the chief considera- 
tions of inductive logic, and their application is the 
chief difficulty in scientific investigation, the sub- 
sequent inductive step itself being an immedi- 
ate inference of the simplest character (§ 26). 
They are quite commonly called " inductive meth- 
ods," though not themselves inductive, but merely 
preparations for induction, methods for ascertaining 
causal relations between phenomena. To their ex- 
position we are now about to proceed. It. will be 
found to consist in the proof, statement, and iilu&- 
trative application of several Canons of Causation, 
or canons of methods for the determination of causal 



104 KLEMENTS OF INDUCTiyB LOOIO 

relations, canoDB which express merely the forms of 
thonght to which actual processes mast conform. 
These, like the canon of indaction jost stated, are 
evolved a priori^ are derived deductively from the 
Laws of Causation. They should not be mistaken 
for canons of induction, since they are strictly and 
solely the formal processes by which a particnlar 
fact of causation may be ascertained, formulating 
only a sound and scientific preparation for subse- 
quent inductive procedure. 

The methods are primarily two — the Method of 
Difference, and the Method of Agreement — each 
having subordinates. Both accomplish their ends 
by a partial elimination of circumstances, in order 
to detect which particular circumstances are con- 
cerned in the causation. In the Method of Differ- 
ence, whatever circumstance cannot be absent with- 
out the absence also of the phenomenon under 
investigation, is causally connected with that phe- 
nomenon ; in the Method of Agreement, whatever 
circumstance can be absent without the absence also 
of the phenomenon under investigation, is not causal- 
ly connected with that phenomenon. These maxims 
are obviously derived from the Axiom of Change 
(§ 18), which furnishes the basis of the methods.' 

^ The methods of scientific investigation now before us are all essen- 
tially methods of elimination, and thus conform to Bacon's aphorism 
that induc^on proceeds **by due rejections and ezcluRions." — Nov, 
Org:^ i., 105, already quoted in § 40, note. This process Bacon con- 
trasts with the method of " simple enumeration,'^ and justly claims to 
be the first to make it prominent ; but his " Prerogatives of Instances,'* 
id., bk. iL, hardly anticipate the present methods. 



DIFFERENCE 105 

§ 56. The most important, direct, and simple 
method for determining the causal relation between 
phenomena is the Method of Difference. It is 

Newton*8 four "Rules for PhiloeophiziDg " (g 21, note) are quite 
different from these methods, and have special reference to his own 
procedure in the " Principia." 

Sir John Herschel, in his " Discourse on the Study of Natural Phi- 
losophy/* gives, in § 146, five " general rules for guiding and facili- 
tating our search, among a great mass of assembled facts, for their 
common cause.'* From the rules he deduces nine " propositions read- 
ily applicable to particular cases.*' Four of these (2, 7, 8, 9) are 
the four methods, though lacking the prominence given them by Mr. 
Mill as the sole and sufficient methods of logical proof. By Her- 
schel the four propositions indicated, together with the others, are ex- 
pounded as aids to discovery ; the notion that they constitute a system 
of logical proof does not seem to have occurred to him. Of his ad- 
mirable " Discourse ** Mr. Mill says : " It is a work replete with happily 
selected exemplifications of inductive processes from almost every 
department of physical science, and in which alone, of all books which 
I have met with, the four methods of induction are distinctly recog- 
nized, though not so clearly characterized and defined, nor their cor- 
relation so fully shown, as has appeared to me desirable.** — Logie^ 
p. 297. 

Science in all its branches is deeply indebted to Mr. Mill for the first 
clear and distinct statement of its logical methods, and the importance 
now universally attributed to them is mainly due to his influence. It 
was the distinction of his "System of Logic*' to draw a clear and 
broad line between the Art of Discovery and the Science of Proof. 
The latter is Logic. It is concerned mainly with methods of proving 
propositions, and only in an incidental way does it aid in suggesting 
them. He says : " The business of Inductive Logic is to provide rules 
and models (such as the syllogism and its rules are for ratiocination) 
to which, if the inductive arguments conform, those arguments are 
conclusive, and not otherwise. This is what the four methods profess 
to be, and what I believe they are universally considered to be by ex- 
perimental philosophers, who had practised all of them long before any 
one sought to reduce the practice to theory.** — Logic^ p. 808. 

The Canons of Causation, as we have designated them, of the pres- 



106 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTTVE LOGIC 

based, as just stated, on the Axiom of Change, from 
which are deduced the following special maxims: 

1st. When a consequent appears or disappears, and 
with it an antecedent, the latter is the cause or a 
part of the cause of the former. 

2d. When an antecedent cannot be introduced or 
excluded without adding or losing a consequent, the 
latter is the effect of the former. 

These deductions are comprised in the following 
Canon of Difference : If an instance wherein 
a phenomenon occurs, and another wherein 
it does not occur, have every circumstance 
in common save one in the former, this is 
wholly or partly the cause of the phenom- 
enon, or its effect/ 

A symbolical formula of this canon is as follows : 

ABC B C 

y z X X y 

The larger letters represent particular causal an- 
tecedents, or simply causes ; the smaller letters, par- 
ticular consequents or effects. Each of the larger 
letters usually stands for a collocation of distinguish- 
able but co-operating factors ; each of the smaller, 

ent treatise, are the " Four Methods of Experimental Inquiry " drawn 
from Mill, " Logic," bk. iii., ch. viii. In transcribing them, we have 
ventured to rearrange them and to make some verbal changes in the 
interest of logical order, brevity, and precision. 

^ It should be noted that in this, and in the subsequent Canons, an 
irutance or case is an observed total analyzed into antecedents and 
consequents (§ 36); some one or a group of these is the phenometum 
under investigation, and the rest are its drcumslaiices. 



DIFFERENCE 107 

for a collective fact. The two gronps represent two 
instances or cases, one instance affirmative and one 
negative of A z. If s be the particular phenom- 
enon nnder investigation, the fact that it disappears 
in the second instance along with A proves that A, 
either alone or together with some other antecedent, 
is its cause. If A be the phenomenon under in- 
vestigation, the fact that it cannot be absent, as in 
the second instance, without the loss of Zy proves 
that z is its effect. 

Such is a formal statement in theoretical strictness 
of the method of difference, a process of elimina- 
tion. It should be observed that, although in its 
practical applications only approximate results can 
be obtained, yet it is the most rigorous proof of par- 
ticular causes or effects that is possible, and when its 
theoretic conditions are fairly fulfilled its results are 
empirically certain, falling little short of strict dem- 
onstration, and thereby furnish a safe premise for 
induction (§ 26). 

§ 57. Material examples in general accord with 
this formal method lie on every hand. It is unwit- 
tingly used daily and hourly even by the most 
thoughtless and ignorant persons. We cite several 
common-sense cases. 

I see rain (3) falling, and a cloud {A) in the sky ; 
the rain disappears, and with it the cloud ; I infer 
this cloud to be the cause, at least in part, of that 
rain.' 

* It may be well to recall just here our doctrine on the function and 



108 ELEMENTS OP INDUOTIVE LOGIC 

A sound (z) strikes my ear (a?), and I see a swing- 
ing (A) bell {B)] the sound ceases, and with it the 
swinging; I infer that the swinging was partly the 
cause of the sound. There is here no induction ; but 
I might inductively infer, AU swinging hells always 
froduce sound. 

If I find my dog shot through the heart, I know, 
by the method of difference, it was this that killed 
him; for he was alive just now, and all circum- 
stances are the same except the wound. Again no 
induction; one might follow, but would be super- 
fluous. 

A scientific and more distinct example is as fol- 
lows: When looking in a spectroscope at the spec- 
trum of incandescent sodium {A) and calcium va- 
pors, I see a very bright yellow line (s) ; just now, 
when looking at the spectrum of incandescent cal- 
cium vapor, this yellow line was absent; I infer 
that in the present case the incandescent sodium is 
the cause of the bright yellow line. Then may fol- 
low an induction of all such cases. 

The foregoing are inferences from effect to causa 
An inference in the reverse order is: I observe a 
shower of hail (j1), and, on going to my conservatory, 

application of form, § 81. The canons now before us are merely 
formal statements, without any material content. They do not serve 
as premises from which material conclusions are inferred, but in their 
application the provided abstract form is merely supplied or filled in 
with giTcn matter. Thus the forms wxtance., phenomenon^ circunv- 
stance, are simply embodied, in the above example, by toeather, ratn, 
cloud. 



find the glass broken (z); I infer, all other circum- 
stances being unchanged, that the breakage is the 
effect of the hail. Also, just before the hail, I ob- 
served a cold nor'wester set in, and infer that the 
hail was its effect. 

So a pilot, noting that during a thunder-storm the 
needle was disturbed, and that during a storm with- 
out lightning it was not disturbed, concludes the dis- 
turbance to have been effected bj the lightning.* 

§ 58. The illustrations thus far given are cases of 
simple observation, and to this we are limited when 
an effect is given to find its cause (§ 35); but when 
a cause is given to find its effect, we may have re- 
course also to experimental observation. Simple 
observation of nature often fails to discover, amid 
her vast complications, the second case requisite to 
fulfil exactly the conditions of proof by this method, 
but when we have an approximation indicating the 
causal relation, or a suggestion of it from some other 
quarter, we may, if the matter be subject to hand- 
ling, apply the test of experiment (§ 36). 

The conclusion of the pilot, stated above, may be 

^ The method of difference is applicable also to inquiry concerning 
preventive cause (§§ 16, 47). A patient has intermittent fever (z). If 
in the interval he be brought under the influence of quinine {A)y the 
fever does not reappear, the quinine acting as a preventive cause, 
though we are puzzled to know how. Here B Cia followed by y zx, 
and A B Chy y x; that is, in the presence oi A^z disappears ; hence 
A counteracts B C ao far as to prevent the effect z. So, also, as the 
old wives tell us, a silver spoon (A) in a common tumbler will prevent 
its breaking (2:) when it is filled with hot water. This, too, puzzles us. 



110 ELEMENTS OF INBUOTiyE LOGIO 

tested, inverting the order of proof, and verified 
thns : Place a copper wire over and parallel to a mag- 
netic needle, the latter is not disturbed ; pass a cur- 
rent of electricity through the wire, instantly the 
needle is distarbed; therefore this distarbance is 
effected by the electricity. Bat let it be noted that 
this test directly verifies, not the particular conclu- 
sion of the pilot, but an obscure induction from it, 
that Electricity deflects the needle. 

The previous spectroscopic instance may be tested 
and verified, reversing its order of thought, by this 
experiment : Produce the spectrum by an incandes- 
cent platinum wire, the bright line does not appear ; 
having touched a pellet of sodium with the point of 
the wire, produce the spectrum, instantly the bright 
yellow line flashes across ; therefore it is the effect of 
the incandescent sodium. 

Again, wishing to ascertain whether the oxygen 
in air is requisite to support breathing life, we put a 
mouse in an open jar, and then fill the jar by dis- 
placement with pure nitrogen ; the mouse soon dies ; 
therefore nitrogen is azotic, and the oxygen is requi- 
site to support life. 

Thus the method of difference is pre-eminently a 
method of experiment, and the most potent means of 
scientific investigation. To it the student of nature 
always preferably resorts in cases where its application 
is possible. Perhaps nine-tenths of the experimental 
research in the chemical, physical, physiological, land 
other scientific laboratories, as well as the testing of 
ordinary matters, is by the method of difference. 



DIFFSBENOB 111 

Let it be remarked that the foregoing examples of 
the method are not inductions. So far as they in- 
volve inference, it is dedactive. The result in each 
case is merely that a certain particular fact is the 
cause, or the effect, of a certain other particular fact. 
The method of difference only prepares this ground 
for the induction of a universal according to the 
general canon of induction (§ 54). An inductive 
inference is then competent, and is so simple and 
direct that thought almost instinctively makes it, 
indeed running constantly before the proof of the 
particular with an anticipating generalization. It 
requires, therefore, some attentive discrimination, 
rarely exercised on this point even by logicians, to 
avoid confusing the preparatory process with the 
logically subsequent induction. 

§ 59. Recurring to the first example in § 57, we 
inductively infer, Every like cloud always causes 
rain. Here rain^ a generalized effect, is attributed 
to clovd as its generalized cause. This statement is 
in the form of a causal, categorical, universal propo- 
sition. Letting A stand for any generalized cause, 
and » for its generalized effect, we may have : — 

If A is, then z is ; and 

If » is, then A is. — Canon, § 64. 

These may be combined in the compound form :— 

Only if A is, then ^ is. 

This implies, not merely that if either is, the other 
is, but also that if either is not, the other is not. 



112 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVE LOGIO 

Hence affirming either affirms the other, and deny- 
ing either denies the other. Such is the character 
of the causal conditional, causa essendi, as distin- 
guished from the logical conditional, causa cogno- 
scendi (§ 110). Formally and theoretically it is rig- 
idly conditio sine qua non. 

Now suppose that, having obtained inductively a 
universal, some new particular phenomenon of like 
sort is observed, then it may be subsumed, and an 
unobserved fact deduced, as follows : — 

Only if A is, then js? is ; 



But A is ; 
.*. z is 



Bat z is ; 

/. A is. PONKNS. 



E. g. When I see just such a cloud in the distance, 
I conclude it is raining over there ; or, when at night 
I hear the rain on my roof, I conclude there is a 
rain-cloud above. Again : — 

Only if A is, then z is ; 



Bat A is not ; 
• z is not. 



Bat z is not ; 

.'. A is not. — ToLLENS. 



E. g. If therfe be no such cloud, there is no rain ; or 
if there be no rain, there is no such cloud. Other 
forms of the so-called conditional syllogism may be 
used in these deductions (§ 119 sq,), 

§ 60. A modification of the foregoing method of 
difference is the Method of Kesidue. After the 
principal causes of a complex phenomenon have 
been severally ascertained, there often remains a 
portion unaccounted for. Sometimes this is so slight 



DIFFEBENOB 113 

as to be overlooked, or else supposed to be dae to 
errors of observation. But alert scientists have 
learned to scratinize with profit what others neglect. 
Indeed, some very important discoveries have re- 
sulted from the study of an apparently trifling resi- 
due. Separating it from the cognate effects, inquiry 
is made for a corresponding surplus in the antece- 
dents, which has either been disregarded, or is as yet 
unknown, and this, when found, is rightly posited as 
the cause of the residuum. The formal process in 
such case is expressed succinctly in the following 
Canon of Kesidue : Subduct from a complex 
instance the consequents of ascertained an- 
tecedents, and the residue is the effect of the 
remaining antecedents. 

The method may be formulated as follows: 

ABC But ^ and C .. B C 

y z X X y X y 

Here the complex instance has yielded to investi* 
gation that x is caused by jS, and y by O. On sub- 
ducting X and y from the total consequents, a resid- 
ual phenomenon, 3, perhaps quite inconspicuous, is 
discovered. This, then, is the effect of -4, the re- 
maining antecedents. 

Note that the two instances, one affirmative and 
one negative of A z^ characteristic of the method of 
difference, appear in the formula. This negative in- 
stance, however, is not obtained by direct observa- 
tion, but is deduced from the effects which B and O 
produce separately. Still the method is as cogent as 

8 



114 ELEMENTS OF INDUOnVB LOGIO 

the method of difference itself, provided the prem- 
ises B X and C y oi its specific deduction are ob- 
tained by that method, and that ^ is the only agent 
to which z can be referred. Otherwise f nrther proof 
is reqaisite. 

§ 61. For example: Arfvedson, in 1817, on ana- 
lyzing a portion of a certain mineral {A B 0), whose 
total weight {y ^ ^) ^^ ascertained, found the weight 
(a;) of the contained magnesia {B)^ and the weight {y) 
of other components {J0\ Subducting these weights 
(a; and y) from the total, a residue (0) was observed. 
Searching the mineral for its cause, he discovered a 
substance (^), previously unknown, and named it 
lithia. In like manner were discovered iodine, 
bromine, selenium, also several metals accompanying 
platinum, and more recently argon. 

The discrepancy between the observed and calcu- 
lated times of eclipses of Jupiter's satellites was a 
residue accounted for by the difference of times req- 
uisite for the passage of light, previously supposed 
to be instantaneous, over his greater and less dis- 
tances from us, and on this basis Boemer calculated 
its velocity. 

The perturbation of the planets was a residue 
which led astronomers to extend the law of gravita- 
tion from the central body, to which alone it was 
at first supposed to be applicable, inductively to all 
bodies in the universe. 

The geologists who posit early cataclysmic causes 
allege in support of their view that, after the effect 



DIFFSBENCB 115 

of all ordinary canses has been allowed for, there is a 
large residue of facts proving the existence in geo- 
logic eras either of other forces, or of like forces 
greatly intensified. 

Whoever claims that there is a fundamental differ- 
ence in the intellectual capacities of the sexes should 
show that, after subtracting from the known differ- 
ences all that can be attributed to differences of 
physical organization and to the influence of envi- 
ronment, there is a residue which can be attributed 
only to an ulterior distinction. 



VIII.— AGREEMENT 

§ 62. It has already been said that the ordinary 
course of nature or of affairs rarely presents cases 
fulfilling the requirements of the method of differ- 
ence. Moreover, it often happens that these require- 
ments cannot be fulfilled by experimental contriv- 
ance with sufficiently rigorous accuracy. In such 
cases an alternative mode of discovering the cause 
of a given effect, or the effect of a given cause, is 
afforded by the Method of Agreement. This method 
follows the maxim that whatever circumstance can 
be absent from a case without the absence also of the 
phenomenon under investigation, is not causally con- 
nected with that phenomenon (§ 55). It is based on 
the Axiom of Change, from which are deduced the 
following special maxims : 

1st. When a consequent disappears without the 
disappearance of a given antecedent, the latter is not 
the sole cause of the former. 

2d. When an antecedent disappears without the 
disappearance of a given consequent, the latter is not 
the effect of the former. 

3d. The antecedent and consequent, which togeth- 
er are constant during the successive disappearance 
of each of the others, are related as cause and effect. 



A0BBEMSNT ^117 

These deductions are comprised in the following 
Canon of Agreement : If instances "wherein a 
phenomenon occurs have only one circum- 
stance in common, this is its cause, or its 
effect. 

A symbolical formula of this canon is as follows : 

ABC A B D A CD 

y 2 X 8 y z X z 8 

If ^ be the particular phenomenon under investiga- 
tion, tlie fact that the three instances containing it 
have only one circumstance in common, the ante- 
cedent A, is evidence that A is the cause of z. 
Conversely, if A be under investigation, the com- 
mon consequent a is its effect. 

In the application of this method the instances are 
studiously varied so as to eliminate in turn the sev- 
eral chance or immaterial circumstances attending 
the phenomenon (§ 51). We must follow the Ba- 
conian rule of "varying the circumstances"; for a 
repetition of strictly similar cases, however numer- 
ous, proves nothing, there being no elimination. 
Only dissimilar cases eliminate, and so afford proof ; 
hence these should be multiplied as far as needful. * 

1 The enormous extent to which experiments are sometimes carried 
in order to establish causal connection finds illustration in physiolog- 
ical investigation by vivisection. M. Paul Bert describes a series of 
experiments extending to No. 286. Flourens states that Magendie 
used 4000 dogs in an effort to prove Sir Charles BelPs theory of the 
motor aud sensor functions of the nerves, and, having failed, used 4000 
more to disprove it ; but that he himself had proved Bell to be right 
by the vivisection of 1000 more. 



118 ELEMENTS OF mD0OnVB LOGIC 

The qnestionable possibilities will thus be gradually 
reduced in nnmber, and, if the means of elimination 
be complete, the inquiry terminates in fixing upon 
some one circumstance that has never been absent 
when the phenomenon is present. 

§ 63. Newton observed bright prismatic colors (z) 
displayed in white light on a film {A) of a liquid 
soap-bubble; like colors in white light on a film of 
solid mica; like colors in white light on a film of 
air between glass plates. The only common circum- 
stance appearing to be white light on a film, he pos- 
ited this as the cause of the prismatic colors, now 
more fully explained by the interference of light. 

Conversely, cause being given to find its effect, if 
in several instances an alkali and oil (A) unite, e. g. 
potash and tallow, soda and suet, lime and olive oil, 
a common circumstance is soap (3) ; this, then, is the 
effect of the common antecedent. 

From each of these particular determinations an 
induction is now competent, thus : Any transparent 
JUm in white light exhibits prismatic colors; and 
Any alkali and oil witting produce a soap. 

Some other examples will be helpful. We observe 
in many cases the conversion of solids into liquids, 
and these into gases. The bodies so converted have 
a great variety of properties. One circumstance 
common to the cases is the increase of heat. The 
elimination, of other circumstances being complete, 
this antecedent is rightly assigned as the cause of the 
change. 



AGBEEMENT 119 

Brewster proved that the iridescence of nacre is 
not dne to the nature of the substance, but of the 
surface. Taking an impression of it in wax, he found 
on this different substance a like iridescence. It is 
now a familiar fact that the surface of glass or metal, 
when finely grooved, becomes iridescent. 

If a certain occupation or mode of living is found 
to be usually attended by a particular disease, it is 
reasonably suspected to be the cause of the disease ; 
and the exceptional cases wherein the disease does not 
occur are suspected to involve a preventive cause 
(§§ 15, 47, 57 n.). 

Whenever I eat a particular kind of fruit, what- 
ever else I may eat or drink, however various my 
general state of health, the temperature of the air, 
the season, the climate, and divers other surround- 
ings, I am taken ill, and rightly consider the eaten 
fruit the very probable cause. 

A certain plant grows luxuriantly on a certain soil. 
If wide observation eliminates very generally the 
other circumstances, it is correct to conclude that 
soil to be the cause of the remarkable luxuriance of 
that plant. 

If trade languishes or flourishes under a high tar- 
iff, and if it be ascertained that those countries where 
the one effect is observed agree throughout in no 
other material respect except the tariff, or if this is 
observed of different decades in the same country, 
the high tariff may be posited as the cause. 

Thus it is by the method of agreement primarily 
and chiefly that we discern the cause of disease, of 



L 



120 ELEMKNT8 OP INDUOTIVE LOGIC 

political revolution, of national characteristics, of 
modifications in animal and vegetable physiology, of 
the order of geological strata, of changes in language ; 
likewise, the eflEect of storm, of sunshine, and of 
snow, of good and bad legislation, of this or that 
method of teaching, of one's habits of life, of aesthetic 
culture on morals, etc. In short, there is hardly any 
department of knowledge wherein the method is not 
in constant use. 

§ 64. Some general remarks will now be appropri- 
ate. The determination of natural kinds, and in 
general of phenomena of ultimate coexistence, is by 
virtue of similarity or agreement (§ 33). The meth- 
ods of induction by enumeration are also founded on 
agreement of cases or of marks (§ 37). But the 
methods now under consideration are not methods 
of induction, but of inquiry into particular cases 
of causation. Also they do not apply to ultimately 
coexisting phenomena, but only to phenomena of 
succession, and in these only to cases of causal succes- 
sion. 

It is not always easy to determine whether or not 
successive phenomena are causally connected. Mere 
succession in time is insufficient (§ 14). The trans- 
ference of energy is perhaps the ultimate test, but it 
is rarely applicable (§ 17). We must rely mainly on 
similar experiences to help us at the outset in distin- 
guishing cases of causation, in separating the causal 
antecedents from the causal consequents, and in as- 
certaining the several components of each (§ 36). 



AGREEMENT 121 

In studying a case we disregard the immaterial or 
chance circamstances. Most instances agree in a 
number of these. The objects are subject to gravity, 
immersed in air, exposed to light, etc. Unless these 
can be supposed to affect the case, they are not taken 
into account. But no circumstance should be hastily 
rejected. Light was hardly esteemed an agent until 
it was detected blackening salts of silver (§ 35) ; now 
it is recognized as widely effective in chemical 
changes and vital processes. 

In the distribution of the antecedents and conse- 
quents, as well as in their subdivision, care is requi- 
site. Disturbances of the magnetic needle are coin- 
cident, more often than chance will account for, with 
changes on the disk of the sun, and with auroral dis- 
plays. Hence one of these has been mistaken for 
the cause of the others, when in fact they are all 
properly parts of the effect of some widely prevail- 
iug common cause. 

Among the unquestionable antecedents occur real 
conditions, which should be distinguished from the 
causal conditions (§ 110), Thus joints are a condi- 
tion, not a cause, of walking. So also molecular mo- 
bility is not a cause, but a condition, of crystalliza- 
tion. Again, there are certain doubly refracting {z) 
substances, Iceland spar being one, having a great 
variety of color, weight, hardness, form, and compo- 
sition, which qualities, then, are immaterial circum- 
stances ; but solidity, transparency, and in general a 
crystalline structure, are invariable and essential an- 
tecedents, yet not causal conditions {A\ but simply 



122 ELEMENTS OF mDUOTIVE LOGIC 

real conditions. Such substances exhibit periodical 
colors on exposure to polarized light, which is a spe- 
cial real, not causal, condition of the periodical colors. 
The discrimination and elimination of the real condi- 
tions are requisite to avoid misleading confusion. 

§ 65. Returning to the specific consideration of 
the method of agreement, we note that after all the 
foregoing general precautions have been observed, 
still it is seldom that we have a series of cases either 
so simple or so complete as the theoretical formula 
indicates. Usually there is a complex tale of many 
antecedents and consequents, and it is hard to get 
the variety of instances requisite to eliminate all save 
one of the important circumstances attending the 
phenomenon in question. 

Another imperfection in the practical application 
of this method is called its characteristic imperfec- 
tion, since it is not attributable to the other meth- 
ods. An effect given to find its cause is often 
due to an apparently possible plurality of causes 
(§ 22). Recurring to the formula (§ 62), it appears, 
unless the analysis has been thorough, that z may* 
have been in the first instance the eflFect of <7, and 
in the second of />, instead of A or B. Suppose 
two distinct drugs, each curative of a certain disease, 
and each mixed with an inert drug; applying the 
method of agreement we might unguardedly infer 
the cure to be the effect of the latter. 

This diflSiculty is wholly due to imperfect analysis 
of facts and factors, and not to any inherent imper- 



AGBEEMEirr 123 

f ection in the theory. But the best analysis even of 
the simpler cases is always so far short of perfection 
that we must admit in practice the maxim of plural- 
ity of causes and regard the colligation (§ 9) of re- 
sults as uncertain. 

A multiplication of various instances increases the 
presumption that A is the cause of s. The error of 
ascribing the cure to the inert drug would hardly 
survive even a few cases. Adverting to the first ex- 
ample (§ 63), the possibility that the prismatic colors 
are the effect in the first instance of the dissolved 
soap, in the second of the alumina in the mica, in 
the third of the nitrogen of the air, would soon dis- 
appear under additional instances, provided the ob- 
servations are made amid various circumstances, and 
the colligated conclusion, that in each instance the 
colors are the effect of white light on a transparent 
film constantly present, would soon become a very 
strong probability, the uncertainty arising from a 
possible plurality of causes being thereby practically 
eliminated. 

It should be noted that the maxim of a plurality 
of effects (§ 20) is likewise to be recognized, and the 
uncertainty thence arising to be similarly reduced by 
multiplied eliminations. Thus, heat (A) boils water 
(aj), melts metal (y), stimulates growth («), etc. Elim- 
ination of the differences in these effects discovers a 
common fact {z) in a specific molecular change. 

§ 66. It is now sufficiently manifest that in prac- 
tice a causal connection between a phenomenon and 



124 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

a circumstance cannot be rigidly proved by the 
method of agreement. A very high degree of prob- 
ability may sometimes be attained, and with this, 
when other methods are inapplicable to the case, we 
have to be content. In most cases the probability is 
of lower degree, varying in value with the multiplic- 
ity of difiEering instances.' But in no case should its 
indications be disregarded, for at least they tend to 
support the surmise of a causal connection, and thus 
to confirm an induction by enumeration (§ 39). 

It is also obvious that the method of agreement is 
a method of simple observation rather than of ex- 
periment. When the effect of a given cause is 
sought, experimental tests are often applicable with 
advantage (§ 36). When the cause of a given effect 
is sought, simple observation may give rise only to a 
suspicion or surmise of the cause; then, reversing 
the order, the suspected cause may often be tried to 
see whether z will come of it, which is experimental 
observation again. But perhaps yet more often the 

^ A rule for estimating this value is as follows : " Given an effect to 
be accounted for, and there being several causes that might have pro- 
duced it, but of whose presence in the particular case nothing is 
known ; the probability that the effect was produced by any of these 
causes is as the antecedent probability of the cause, multiplied by the 
probability that the cause, if it existed, would have produced the given 
effect." 

This rule is given by Laplace as the " Sixth Principle," in his " Essai 
Philosophique sur les Probabilit^s," and is described by him as the 
"fundamental principle of that branch of the Analysis of Probabili- 
ties which consists in ascending from events to their causes." An 
excellent exposition, which we have not space to quote, will be found 
m Mill, Ugic, p. 886 sq., reproduced by Bain, Logio, bk. ill, ch. ix., § 18. 



matter is out of reach of handling, and then we are 
limited to simple observation in both orders of in- 
quiry. 

Very generally investigation begins with simple 
observation by the method of agreement. Recoarse 
is had to experiment if practicable, and the intelli- 
gent inquirer will never lose an opportunity of re- 
sorting to the more cogent method of difference. 
Perhaps the chief value of the method of agreement 
in scientific pursuit is that it suggests lines of exper- 
iment, and the application of other methods yielding 
empirical certainty. In itself it is tentative rather 
than probative, resulting merely in a greater or less 
probability that in the observed cases A is the cause 
of 0. Formulae of the induction may be stated thus : 

If A is, then probably » is ; and 
If z is, then probably A is. 

§ 67. An important modification of the foregoing 
method is the Method of Double Agreement. It 
consists in applying agreement, first to a series of 
cases wherein a certain circumstance attends a phe- 
nomenon, and then to a series within the same gen- 
eral sphere of circumstances, as nearly similar to the 
other as possible, except that the phenomenon in 
question and the attendant circumstance are absent. 
A comparison of the positive with the negative se- 
ries greatly strengthens the inference that the phe- 
nomenon and the circumstance are causally con- 
nected. There is first an agreement in presence, and 
then an agreement in absence, which double agree- 



126 ELEMENTS OP INDUOTIVE LOGIC 

ment conjoined makes an approach to the oonda- 
siveness of the method of difierence. 

The argument is: Since the positive cases agree 
with each other in nothing throughout except in the 
presence of the given phenomenon and a circnm- 
stance, then by the single method of agreement it is 
probable that these are causally connected. More- 
over, since the negative cases agree with each oth- 
er in nothing throughout except in the absence of 
the given phenomenon and that circumstance, this, 
considered apart, likewise renders their connection 
probable. Therefore, a forUori^ the two inferences 
being conjoined, the connection is still more prob- 
able. 

The method is stated succinctly in the following 
Canon of Double Agbeement: If instanceB 
wherein a phenomenon occurs have only 
one circumstance in common, and others in 
which it does not occur have nothing in 
common save the absence of the circum- 
stance, this -wholly or partly is the cause of 
the phenomenon, or its effect. 

A symbolical formula of this canon is as follows : 

ABO ABB A F 

a h € a b d a e f 

B F CD D F 

b f e d d f 

Let it be observed that no negative instance differs 
from any positive instance merely in the absence of 
A^ a. If one did, it would satisfy the requisites of 



AGREEMENT 127 

the simpler, more cogent, and therefore preferable 
method of difierence, and this woald supersede the 
other. 

§ 68. In correspondence with the formula, sup- 
pose a south wind, Auster, from over a marsh, to be 
attended by ague in three several instances. In the 
firet, the Weather is Bleak and blighting, also Cloudy 
and cold, but not Damp or Foul. In the second, it 
is Bleak and blighting, Damp and dewy, but not 
Cloudy or Foul. In the third, it is Cloudy and cold. 
Foul and foggy, but not Bleak or Damp. The meth- 
od of agreement concludes from these cases agree- 
ing in presence that probably the ague was in each 
caused by Auster charged with malaria from the 
marsh. 

Again, suppose in the same locality another trio of 
instances without Auster and without ague, but each 
of the other circumstances appearing in turn in one 
or two instances, yet no one in all three. The method . 
of agreement infers negatively from these negative 
cases agreeing in absence that none of their ante- 
cedents is the cause of ague. 

Now this negative inference greatly strengthens 
the prior conclusion that in those cases the ague was 
caused by the malarial Auster. For, imagine a se- 
ries of negative cases exhaustive of the important 
circumstances associated in any instance with A^ a. 
This series alone would furnish full proof of their 
causal connection, as follows : Generalizing from a 
colligation of the negative cases, we have — 



128 ELEMENTS OF mDUCTIVB LOGIC 

If A is not, then a is not ; and v. v. ; 
But in a certain case a is ; 
.•. In that particular case Aib; or v. v. — Tollens. 

Practically, however, we can never obtain an ex- 
haustive negative series, hence the conclusion is only 
probable. But this probability, corroborated by that 
arising from the affirmative series, yields a conclu- 
sion a fortiori. 

In another important respect the prior conclusion 
is strengthened still more by the negative series. It 
excludes the supposition of a plurality of causes. 
For, since the negative series comprises, theoretically 
at least, all the antecedents of the affirmative series 
except -4, without the occurrence of a among its con- 
sequents, it follows that none of those antecedents is 
the cause of a. Thus the characteristic imperfection 
of the method of agreement does not invalidate this 
modified method, which therefore is the more co- 
gent, and approaches, though it never reaches, the 
demonstrative force of the method of difference. 

§ 69. A standard illustration of the method of 
double agreement is the research of Wells into the 
cause of dew. " It appears that the instances in 
which much dew is deposited, which are very vari- 
ous, agree in this, and, so far as we are able to ob- 
serve, in this only, that they either radiate heat rap- 
idly or conduct it slowly ; qualities between which 
there is no other circumstance of agreement than 
that, by virtue of either, the body tends to lose heat 
from the surface more rapidly than it can be re- 



AGBEEMENT 129 

stored from within. The instances, on the contrary, 
in which no dew, or but a small quantity of it, is 
formed, and which are also extremely various, agree 
(as far as we can observe) in nothing except in not 
having this same property. We seem, therefore, to 
have detected the characteristic difference between 
the substances on which dew is produced and those 
on which it is not produced. And thus have been 
realized the requisitions of what we have termed the 
Indirect Method of Difference." This, however, is 
not the whole of the research. By the application 
of other methods, proof is accumulated, and the the- 
ory fully established.* 

' See § 11| last paragraph but one. Mr. Fowler, in his Inductive 
LoffiCy p. 184, note, says : " Dr. Wells's Memoir on the Theory of Dew 
is very brief, and deserves to be carefully read by every student of 
scientific method. Sir John Herschel, in his Discourse^ etc., § 168, 
speaks of the speculation as ^one of the most beautiful specimens of 
inductive experimental inquiry, lying within a moderate compass,' that 
is known to him.'' Cf. id. p. 165. Our quotation is from Mill, Loffie^ 
p. 2^9, which is borrowed from Herschel, as above. 



IX.— CONCOMITANCE 

§ 70. The Method of Concomitant Variations, 
which may be construed as a modification either of 
the method of diflEerence or of the method of agree- 
ment, remains to be considered.' There is a large 
and important class of cases from which it is imprac- 
ticable to eliminate entirely an agent and its conse- 
qaent. To these cases, therefore, neither of the fore- 
going methods, without modification, is applicable. 
For instance, the oscillations of a pendulum near a 
mountain are disturbed ; we take it far away, and 



' The method has regard to concomitant changes in the degree of a 
given phenomenon and a circumstance. Observation having noted a 
gain, or a loss, of quantity in an antecedent and consequent, this gain 
or loss itself may be taken as a phenomenon and circumstance in 
which alone this instance differs from another ; thus fulfilling the con- 
ditions of the method of difference. For example, two observations of 
a thermometer may discover no difference except a gain of height along 
with a gain of heat. Or, a series of observations, noting a gain or a 
loss in each of several instances, may be compared as to this point, in 
which alone they agree ; thus fulfilling the conditions of the method 
of agreement. For example, observations on mercury, iron, water, 
and marble, at ordinary temperatures, may agree alone in a loss of 
bulk along with a loss of heat. The methods, therefore, are primarily 
two (§ 66). 

It will be better, however, to disregara tnis reduction, and treat the 
method of concomitant variations as an independent original method 



CONOOMITANCS ISl 

the disturbance ceases ; this proves, by the method 
of difierence, that the mountain was the cause of the 
disturbance. But we cannot take it away from the 
earth, and by the same method ascertain the cause of 
the oscillations. Nor can we apply the method of 
agreement; for, though the earth, a permanent cause, 
is always present, so also is the sun, which, by this 
method alone, might with equal reason be posited as 
the agent. It is evident that some other method 
of discovering causal relations is needed. Now, a 
pendulum oscillates about a vertical through its 
point of suspension, a vertical whose direction in 
space varies concomitantly with the earth's motion; 
therefore the oscillations of the pendulum about the 
varying vertical, and the moving earth, are causally 
related. 

In general, it follows from the axioms of uniform- 
ity, that a modified cause, which, indeed, is a differ- 
ent cause, is followed by a modified effect ; and any 
modification of an effect is due to some modifica- 
tion of its cause (§ 23). Hence, limiting the view to 
progressive changes attending each other, we have the 
Canon of Concomitant Variations : If a phenom- 
enon varies in any manner ixrhenever a cir- 
ciunstance varies in some particular man- 
ner, they are causally connected. 

Only the general fact of a causal connection can 
be determined by this method alone. Whether the 
phenomenon is specifically the cause or the effect of 
its circumstance, or whether they both are not rather 
the joint effect {xocaf) of some common cause, must 



13^ ELEMENTS OF INBtJCnlyE tOGtO 

be ascertained by trying whether we can prodnce one 
set of variations, or find one produced, by means of 
the other. If so, the relation is that of canse and ef- 
fect, and may be symbolically formulated thus : 

ABC 

» I I 
X z y 

Here B with z^ and with y, remain constant, while A 
varies with x. 

§ 71. It is impracticable to deprive a body, a bar 
of iron for instance, entirely of its heat. We can- 
not, therefore, so vary the circumstances as to com- 
ply with this requisite of the preceding methods, and 
thus discover what effect is due to the heat. But 
we can observe a rise of temperature in the bar, and 
note that the only concurring modification is an in- 
crease of bulk, especially of its length. We con- 
clude, by the method of concomitant variations, that 
its heat and its length are causally connected. 

We find, upon trial, that by adding or withdraw- 
ing heat we can increase or diminish its length. 
Hence these are not the joint effect (a? oca?') of some 
common cause, but are related as cause and effect 
{A oc aj). 

Which is cause of the other? When we increase 
the heat, the length increases ; but when we increase 
the length by simple traction, the heat does not in- 
crease accordingly. Therefore the varying heat is 
the cause of the varying length. 



OONCOMTTANOE 1 83 

This relation being thus particularly ascertained, 
we are authorized by the principle of uniformity 
(§ 19) to infer immediately and inductively the gen- 
eral law that heat expands iron. Varied experiments 
are requisite to extend this law to other metals, and 
to bodies generally. 

For further illustration : Sitting in my study, I 
find myself growing too warm, and observe the ther- 
mometer on my table rising. Hence these concomi- 
tantly varying phenomena are causally related. But 
how ? The present method, alone applied, does not 
determine. I suspect, however, from previous expe- 
riences, that they are the joint effect of a common 
cause. On closing the hot-air register the observed 
variations cease, proving my surmise to be correct. 

§ 72. We cite some examples of direct concomi- 
tance : On the earth there is no instance of motion 
persisting indefinitely, and hence the ancients held, 
by induction from enumeration, that all bodies nat- 
urally tend to a state of rest. In proportion, how- 
ever, as the known obstructions to motion, such as 
friction, resistance of the air, etc., are abated, the 
motion is less and less retarded ; as in Borda's ex- 
periment with the pendulum in a vacuum, the fric- 
tion at the point of suspension being minimized, 
the swing continued more than thirty hours. Now, 
comparing a whole series of cases, from speedy loss 
of motion to prolonged continuance, we observe that 
there is a strict concomitance between the degree of 
obstruction and the retardation. Therefore, it is in- 



Id4 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVE LO0IO 

ferred, if obstruction were wholly removed, the mo- 
tion would be uniform and perpetual. This proof 
is given by Newton in support of his induction of 
the first law of motion (§ 18 n.). 

Again, we find that all the variations in the posi- 
tion of the moon are attended by corresponding tidal 
variations, which is the first step of the process con- 
cluding the moon to be the cause determining the 
tides. 

The science of Geology abounds in illustrations. 
Since the agents with which it is concerned, land 
and water, subsidence and elevation, denudation and 
deposition, are constantly present and acting on the 
earth's surf ace, it being therefore impossible to elim- 
inate entirely the influence of any one, the geologist, 
in preparing for an induction explanatory of events 
long past, is limited very closely to this method. 

Also the psycho-physiologist, in seeking to fix the 
relations between mental powers and cerebral devel- 
opment, also between sensations and neural excitants, 
since they are inseparable from mind and body at 
large, has small resource at the outset beyond their 
concomitant variations. 

We cite, also, some examples of inverse concomi- 
tance : The apparent size of an object diminishes as 
the square of its distance increases. Gravity, which 
varies directly as the mass, varies inversely as the 
distance squared. 

The eflSicacy of chemical affinity between sub- 
stances increases as their cohesion diminishes, being 
much greater in case of liquids than of solids. 



OONOOMITANOB 185 

Mariotte's law, the volume of a gas is in inverse 
ratio to the pressure, is an induction from observed 
mid measured concomitant variations. 

The greater the elevation of the land, the lower 
the temperature of the climate, and the more scanty 
the vegetation. 

The statistics of crime reveal its general causes. 
When we find crimes diminishing according as hab- 
its of sobriety and industry have increased, according 
to the multiplication of the means of detection and 
the more rigorous infliction of penalties, we may 
presume their causal connection with circumstances 
that do not admit the method of difference. 

§ 73. An important feature of the method still 
remains to be considered. It will be suitably pref- 
aced by a few general remarks. 

The profound and thorough-going distinction be- 
tween quality and quantity has been emphatically 
noted (§§ 23, ^^, 125 sq). A change in a thing that 
leaves it the same thing which it was — that is, one 
which does not alter its essence, and so does not 
amount to a change of kind — is merely an accident, 
often a change in some respect of degree, of quan- 
tity. Sciences are at first merely qualitative, classi- 
fying their objects, and treating of their several 
kinds, but they seek to become also quantitative by 
measurement of degrees. When they have passed 
into this latter stage they are more highly esteemed, 
for then the principles of pure mathematics, the ab- 
stract science of quantity, can be applied to their 



136 ELEMENTS OF INDUCnVE LOGIC 

concrete facts, and the knowledge becomes more 
complete and exact. Astronomy is an illostrious 
example of a science founded on observation and a 
few broad inductions, and then developed to extraor- 
dinary dimensions, and attaining many new and valu- 
able results by the application of mathematics. 

The several methods of discovering the cause or 
the eflEect of a given phenomenon, which we have 
discussed, afford opportunities for passing to a meas- 
urement of its quantity which the scientific inves- 
tigator is eager to use. The qualitative analysis of 
the chemical laboratory, proceeding mostly and when- 
ever possible by the method of diflFerence, would be 
comparatively poor in results were it not followed 
by quantitative analysis. Indeed, alchemy became 
chemistry just when the balance was introduced for 
quantitative estimates. In the earlier part of this 
century most of the phenomena of electricity and 
magnetism were known and classified merely as 
facts; now they can for the most part be measured 
and calculated. The attempt is making to subject 
even mental phenomena to measurement, and by the 
determination of their relative quantities to raise 
psychology to the rank of an exact science. The 
eflFort to bring logic under the dominion of mathe- 
matics has been noticed (§ 71i). The result is a 
purely artificial structure, as truly so as the calculus 
of a fourth dimension, or the geometry of curved 
space — ingenious and curious, but without any cor- 
responding reality. Such speculation is practically 
useless and misleading, and is mentioned here merely 



OONOOMTTANOB 137 

to indicate the strong tendency of scientists to apply 
measarement and mathematical form to all branches 
of knowledge. 

§ 74. We have examined applications of the meth- 
od of concomitant variations to cases that cannot be 
resolved by the other methods. Bat it has very 
important applications in connection with these. 
Especially is it of inestimable importance in deter- 
mining comparative quantities. After a caasal rela- 
tion has been ascertained by other methods, this one 
is often applied in determining the ratio of the caase 
and effect. Recurring to a previous example (§ 61), 
when by the method of residue it was definitely as- 
certained that the passage of light requires time, 
then the variations of the time concomitant with 
those of the distance furnished Eoemer with data for 
calculating its velocity. 

But apart from other methods, this one often 
leads to an important measure of quantity. The 
velocity of a body falling freely varies concomitantly 
with the distance fallen. This is an easy observa- 
tion. The exact ratio of the increase of distance 
and the increase of velocity is not so readily ascer- 
tained, but Atwood's machine determines it to be as 

1, 2, 3 to 1, 3, 5 . It also determines the 

absolute quantity of fall from rest in the first sec- 
ond to be 16.08 feet. From these data can be cal- 
culated its fall during any subsequent second, and 
its acquired velocity at any point of its fall. 

The respective action of the sun and moon in pro- 



138 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

duciog the tides may be estimated quantitatively 
from the varying positions of those two bodies. 

These examples are sufficient to indicate the im- 
portant part the method of concomitant variations 
plays in the progress of a science, especially in facil- 
itating its passage into an advanced stage, and its 
farther development nnder the sway of mathematics. 

§ 75. In making a quantitative induction from 
measured variations — that is, in applying mathemat- 
ical results deduced from observed cases to cases be- 
yond experience — provision is to be had on at least 
three points. 

First, we should know the absolute quantities of 
both A and a?, as well as their relative variation. 
For, if we cannot fix the total quantity of each, we 
cannot fix a thorough-going ratio. Not only must A 
and a?, or x and x\ vary concomitantly — they must 
also vanish together. Because heat expands a body, 
we cannot infer that the distance between its par- 
ticles is due wholly to heat, so that, if all heat were 
withdrawn, they would be in contact ; for we do not 
know the amount of heat in a body,' or the dis- 
tance between its particles, and hence cannot know 
whether the two would vanish simultaneously. But 
in the case of a falling body, cited above, we have 
the absolute zero both of the distance fallen, the 
starting-point, and of the velocity, the state of rest 



' The thermal zero has not been observed, but by calculation has 
been fixed at -2Y8® C, or -459® P. 



OONOOMTTANOS 139 

from which it falls, and are conseqaentlj justified in 
fixing their ratio. 

Second, in general we cannot be sure that beyond 
the limit of observation there may not develop some 
modifying agent, latent in the observed circam- 
stances, which will falsify our induction. The induc- 
tion that heat expands bodies (§ 71) is subject, even 
in this inexact form of statement, to a number of ex- 
ceptions. Yet more emerge when the degree of ex- 
pansion and contraction is measured and inductive- 
ly posited. Indeed, the contrary sometimes occurs. 
Water at ordinary temperatures expands as it warms, 
and contracts as it cools, but when cooled below 39° 
it begins and continues to expand until it becomes 
ice at 32°, which is supposed by Grove to be due to 
the setting in of crystallization. 

Third, when the observed variations are within 
narrow limits, a very small error in the estimate 
may, beyond those limits, enlarge in geometrical 
ratio. This occasion for uncertainty, unlike the pre- 
ceding, is peculiar to the method of concomitant vari- 
ations. It is very hazardous, for example, to extend 
an ascertained ratio of expansion and temperature — 
that is, the numerical coefficient of expansion — far 
beyond the limits of observation. By being thus 
extended the early formulas for the elasticity of 
steam have led to disaster.' So we can be sure of 

> *' The fonnulsB,** says Sir John Herschel, JHaoourte, etc., § 187, 
** which have been empirically deduced for the elasticity of steam (till 
very recently), and those for the resistance of fluids, and other similar 
BubjectB, have almost invariably failed to support the theoretical 



140 ELEMENTS OF INDUOnVE LOGIC 

oar indnctioo only when it does not greatly exceed 
the extreme limits that have been subjected to obser- 
vation and measurement. 

structures which hare been erected on them." Mr. Mill adds: 
". . . when relied on beyond the limits of the obseryations from which 
they were deduced." — Logic^ p. 291. 



X.— DEDUCTION 

§ 76. Id the syllogism a general proposition is 
premised, from which is inferred a conclasion of 
equal or less generality, or a particular individual 
fact (§ 3). 

The general proposition may be an intuitive pri- 
mary axiom, or an inference from axioms. In either 
of these cases the process is wholly deductive and 
strictly demonstrative or apodeictic, as in pure math- 
ematics, and in the logic of forms. With it the 
present treatise has no concern save to point out 
that the formal theorems of induction, and of its 
preparatory steps, are deductions from axioms. 

Otherwise the general proposition premised is an 
induction, from which a deduction is made by sub- 
suming some subsidiary truth. The great body of 
reasoning in the so-called inductive sciences, and in 
the practical affairs of life, is of this character. 
Hence a treatise on logic limited to a discussion of 
the Aristotelic deductive processes is essentially in- 
complete; and, on the other hand, the notion, which 
has widely prevailed, that induction is capable of 
advantageously superseding deduction, and alone is 
worthy of consideration, arises from an entire mis- 
conception of the nature and several ends of the two 



14^ £LSll£NT8 OIF mDtOTlVlg LOGtO 

procesBes, and of their eeBentiall j complementarj re- 
lation. ' 

' The Log^c of Aristotfe received the title Spyavov, not from him- 
self) but from his followers. It is clear that he did not regard it as an 
organon, an aid or instrument of discovery, but as a propaBdeutic. — 
See Meta.^ iv., 8 (1006 b. 4). The title came into general use in the 
fifteenth century. — See St. Hilaire, De la Logique (TArigtote, tom. L, 
p. 19. Bacon's second book of the ** Instauratio Magna "is entitled 
"Novum Organum" (1620), and is evidently intended to elaborate an 
instrument of discovery. Dr. Whewell, dissatisfied with its methods, 
g^ves us his ** Novum Organon Renovatum." 

The designation ** Organon " has led to much error. For two cen- 
turies after Bacon it was commonly held that his was a new method, 
superseding the effete method of Aristotle. But in the last half-cen- 
tury a better understanding has come to prevail Deduction and In- 
duction together constitute Logic, and Logic in both branches is merely 
" an analysis and systematic exposition of what we are all doing from 
morning till night, and continue to do even in our dreams " (Macau- 
lay, .fiSway an Bacon), In support of our view of the relation of De- 
duction and Induction, we quote the following authorities : 

Aristotle says: "All learning is derived from things previously 
known, as we also stated in the Analytics ; and is derived partly from 
induction [iSi kwayittyfit], and partly from syllogism. Now, induction 
is the origin of the universal ; but a syllogism is deduced from uni- 
versals. There are, therefore, some principles from which the syl- 
logism is deduced, which are not themselves syllogistically established ; 
they are therefore established by induction." — Mc, Mh,^ vi., 8 (8) ; 
of. ibid.y vi., 8 (9) ; Meta.^ L, 1 , Pott, Anal.^ ii., 19. Also see Grote, 
ArttMle^ ch. vi., p. 276 sq. 

Sir John Herschel says : " It is to our immortal countryman, Baoon, 
that we owe the broad announcement of this grand and fertile prin- 
ciple, and the development oJ; the idea that the whole of natural phi- 
losophy consists entirely of a series of inductive generalizations, com- 
mencing with the most circumstantially stated particulars, and carried 
up to universal laws or axioms, which comprehend in their statements 
every subordinate degree of generality ; and of a corresponding series 
of inverted reasoning from generals to particulars, by which these 
axioms are traced back to their remotest consequences, and all par- 



DEDUCTION 143 

In the preceding exposition of the several meth- 
ods of observation and experiment by which we 
contrive to distinguish among a mass of coexistent 
phenomena the particular effect dne to a given cause, 

ticular propositions deduced from them ; as well those bj whose imme- 
diate consideration we rose to their disooTerj, as those of which we 
had no previous knowledge." — Discourse^ etc.^ ch. ill, § 96. This 
passage, which Dr. Whewell prefixes as a motto to his " Nof. Org. 
Renov.,'* reminds us that Buckle, when speaking of deduction, says 
that Induction is inference from a reality to an idea, and Deduction is 
inference from an idea to a reality. 

Sir William Hamilton says : " The deductiye and inductive processes 
are elements of Logic equally essential. Each requires the other. 
The former is only possible through the latter ; the latter is valuable 
only as realizing the possibility of the former. As our knowledge 
commences with the apprehension of singulars, every data or univeraeU 
whole is consequently only a knowledge cU second hand. Deductive 
reasoning is thus not an original and independent process. The uni- 
versal major proposition, out of which it develops the conclusion, is 
itself [if not an axiom] necessarily the conclusion of a foregone induc- 
tion, and mediately [? j or inunediately, an inference, a collection, from 
individual objects of perception or self-consciousness. Logic, there- 
fore, as a definite and self-sufficient science, must equally vindicate the 
formal purity of the synthetic illation by which it ascends to its 
wholes, as of the analytic illation by which it re-descends to their 
parts. — BueussionSy p. 160 (Harper^s ed.). See, also, id.^ p. 167 sq. 
Gf. Metaphysics^ Lee. vi. 

Mr. J. S. Mill says : " We shall, conformably to usage, consider the 
name Induction as belonging to the process of establishing the gen. 
eral proposition, and the remaining operation we shall call by its usual 
name, Deduction. . And we shall consider every process, by which any- 
thing is inferred respecting an unobserved case, as consisting of an 
Induction followed by a Deduction ; because, although the process 
need not necessarily be carried on in this form, it is always suscep- 
tible of the form, and must be thrown into it when assurance of scien- 
tific accuracy is needed and desired." — Logic^ p. 154. Of. Venn, Em- 
pirical Logic, ch. xiv., p. 868 sq. 



144 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIVE LOOIO 

or the particalar cause which gave birth to a given 
effect, it has been repeatedly indicated that, the rela- 
tion being first definitely ascertained in a particular 
case or cases, the axioms of uniformity authorize a 
generalization extending to unknown cases — that is, 
an in^luction of all possible like cases under a uni- 
versal proposition or law. Also it has been stated 
that sach propositions serve as major premises, from 
which to make deductions (§§ 32, 59). This is spe- 
cifically proof, often resulting in discovery. A new 
case being brought under the general proposition, 
and a conclusion proved respecting it, this conclu- 
sion, if previously unknown, is a discovery. 

The induction AU matter gravitates has been made, 
we will suppose for illustration, from observations 
on solids and liquids. Now do gases gravitate ! We 
have only to establish All gases are matter^ in order 
to deduce AU gases gravitate^ or have weight. This, 
in form, is not a mere find, but a scientific investi- 
gation and discovery. 

Again, suppose we have AU celestial objects show- 
ing a proper motion amxmg the stars^ and shining 
with reflected lights a/re pla/nets of the solar system,. 
We descry a telescopic object, seen by refiection, and 
having a proper motion, and discover it to be a 
planet. If, furthermore, its path is found to lie be- 
tween the orbits of Mars and Jupiter, we have dis- 
covered another one of the many asteroids. 

The research into the cause of dew (§ 69) led to 
the establishment of an inductive generalization, 
from which deductions were made to cases thereto- 



DEDUCTION 145 

fore unexplained, thas resulting in a dificovery of 
the true cause of certain phenomena, such as the 
" sweating " of a pitcher of iced water. 

Note that the minor in the first example is a uni- 
versal. It is not, however, an induction, but merely 
the result of identification under definition (§ 10). 
Matter is defined as extended and impenetrable, 
which, being fonnd trne of gases, gives the proposi- 
tion Gases are matter. Questions of identity to es- 
tablish a minor are a necessary part of research, but 
should not be mistaken for inductive inquiries estab- 
lishing a major. Are alloys definite chemical com- 
pounds, or mere mixtures, is a question of identity 
under definition. 

When a deduction to an unobserved fact has been 
made, it remains to verify the conclusion. This is 
to seek for and observe a particular instance, either 
one occurring naturally, or one produced artificially. 
Having inferred that Gases gramtatej we exhaust a 
vessel of its air, and find that it loses weight. By 
the method of difference we rightly judge the weight 
lost to be that of the withdrawn air. This verifies 
our inference, and also strengthens the premised in- 
duction.* 

Deduction thus normally subsequent to induction 
often leads to further induction, as in the method of 
residue (§ 60), and in other preparatory processes. 

1 It will be seen, by the foregoing exposition of the general rela- 
tions of induction and deduction, that, in logical order, the order of 
thought and investigation, induction comes first. In didactic order, 
deduction usually comes first 
10 



146 ELBMBNTS OF INDUGTIYB LOGIC 

But dednction has a specific application in the inves^ 
tigation of certain causal relations which calls for 
detailed consideration. 

§ YY. There are two kinds of effect which mast be 
set clearly apart. The distinction is verj important, 
and runs deep, being due to the ultimate natnre of 
things. An effect of one kind has properties quite 
different from those of the effect of any of its an- 
tecedents operating apart from the others. Thus, 
oxygen and hydrogen unite to form water ; bat in 
water not a trace of the effective properties of either 
factor is discernible. Hence it is impossible to de- 
duce from such factors the consequent of their con- 
joint action. To ascertain it an observation of the 
product is requisite, which observation may often be 
verified, not merely by direct experiment, but by 
an inverse process of analyzing the product into its 
originating components. This kind of effect is aptly 
termed heterogeneous or heteropathic, the conjoint 
effect differing in kind from those separately pro- 
duced. It is also called chemical, because the clear- 
est and most abundant examples are to be found in 
chemical actions ; as, the taste of sugar of lead is 
wholly unlike that of acetic acid or any other of its 
components, and the color of blue vitriol is nei- 
ther that of copper nor of sulphuric acid. There is, in 
short, a change of properties so nearly complete that 
the effect cannot be predicted from the given cause, 
nor indeed the cause from the given effect.* It is to 

> To this change of properties weight at least has been acooanted an 



DEDUCTION 147 

the resolution of this class of cases that the fore- 
going methods are especially adapted. 

An effect of the other kind has properties qaite 
similar to those of the effects of its antecedents oper- 
ating separately. When two simultaneoas impalses, 
which may differ in direction and intensity, impart 
motion to a body, the resultant motion is an effect 
quite similar to the effects which the impulses acting 
successively would produce, and the terminal result is 
identical.* Hence it is possible to deduce from such 
factors the consequent of their conjoint action with- 
out observing it. The inference may often be veri- 
fied by direct observation of a case, but not by any 
reverting analysis of the product, such analysis being 
impracticable. This kind of effect is termed homo- 
geneous, as of like kind to those separately pro- 
duced. It is also called mechanical, since its clear- 
est and most abundant examples are to be found in 
mechanics, both terrestrial and celestial. In gen- 
eral, it is a composition of forces or causes, giving 
an intermixture of effects, a homogeneous result not 
susceptible of analysis into its originating compo- 
nents.* 

exception; for the weight of anj composite subetance whatever is 
always precisely the sum of the weights of its components. This it is 
that has made the science of Chemistry possible (§ 18, note, and § 78). 
But weight is not truly an exception to the foregoing statements, since 
it is not properly a chemical but a mechanical property, not a molec- 
ular but a molar activity. 

1 See Newton^s second law of motion, §18, note. 

s This composition of causes or intermixture of effects is liable to 
be confused with plurality of causes (§22). In both a number of 



148 BLEUBHTS OF INDUOTITB LOOtO 

Cases of a homogeneons iDtermixtnre of efEects 
are very mnoh more commoD than those of the other 
class. Indeed, they aboutid on every hand, and in all 
departments of knowledge. A lake ia fed by rains 
and rivers, hat no examination of the lake will tell 
how mnch is dne to each. Wind often concurs with 
tide to make high water. The moon's orbit is a 
resnltant of radial and tangential forces, centripe- 
tal and centrifugal. A good crop is a single effect; 
the agency, multiple. An invalid plies all means to 
regain health ; many influences combine, but the 
effect ie indivisible. A voluntary effort is the off- 
spring of many feelings. The rise and fall of prices, 
the general prosperity of a country, and the increase 
of population seldom depend on a single cause, yet 
the effect is homogeneous. 

§ 78. Let ns examine these two classes of cansal 
relation, first with reference to the pi'oblem given 
cause to find effect, reserving the inverse for treat- 
ment in the next following chapter. 

As to the class marked by a heterogeneous effect, 
since we can infer nothing from the properties of 
the antecedents respecting the character of the con- 
sequent, we are shut up to the methods of investiga- 

antecedeotl is inTolred ; but ia the iittter there is s plurality of digtinct 
to either of which the effect maj appareatlj be due, and m 
loss to fli on the true one ; whereas in the former there ig a 
r of co-operating antecedents, each of which, producing a ape- 
cC when alone, produces the eanie when acting coojointif with 
ire, and we are at loM to assign to each Its due share. 



DEDUOnON 149 

tion which have already been discussed. These are 
based on simple observation of facts or on experi- 
ment, and the procedure is a posteriori bj elimina- 
tion. 

As to the class marked by a homogeneous effect, 
that is, a composition of caases yielding an inter- 
mixtare of effects, since the consequent is not sus- 
ceptible of analysis into its actual constituents, none 
of the foregoing methods is competent to cope with 
it ; for those methods, proceeding essentially by elim- 
ination, require, in order to this, an analysis, a dis- 
crimination of the constituent facts of both antece- 
dent and consequent. This, as to the consequent, 
being impracticable, the preceding methods fail. If 
A B Care followed, not hj y zx, but by a; and if 
£ G still produce a, nothing is eliminated from the 
consequent, and no point is gained.' 

We are obliged, therefore, in case of a homoge- 
neous effect, to seek some other method of investi- 
gation. The homogeneity of the effect furnishes 
ground for an inference from the effects of the 

1 In some exceptional cases, however, the preceding methods yield 
results. If A and a vary together, they are causally connected ; and 
if with the total disappearance of A there is a loss of ^, this proves 
by the methods of concomitance and difference that A causes \a. It, 
as the weather becomes warmer, one's appetite diminishes, he may be 
pretty sure that the appetite is affected by the season, though other 
facts co-operate. Dr. Parltes ascertained that a muscle grows during 
exerdse, and loses bulk during rest ^ but there are other causes of its 
growth. If a floating glass globe loses -^ of its displacement on be- 
ing exhausted of air, this is proof that the weight of the contained air 
caused that much of the displacement 



160 KLEMBNT8 OF DJDUCrrTE LOOIO 

canseB mating apart to the effect of their conjoint 
action. This prcanpposeB the ascertainment, bj some 
of the preceding methods, of the particular effect of 
each of the given causes, and generally an indnction 
of the law according to which each caase operates. 
Then we proceed a priori to dednce their conjoint 
effect, either from the indactione tbemselTes or from 
their several conseqaences. Thus we have s new 
distinct method, which, since it proceeds by deduc- 
tion, is called the Dednctive Method.' 

The problem to be solved by tlie deductive method 
is, to find the composite effect from the laws of the 
several composing causes. The logical form of the 
procedure is concisely expressed in the following 
Canon of Deduction : If tFOm. the several lUfwa 
of a plurality of co-operating antecedenta a 
compoBite conBequeut be deduced, this "vrill 
be the conjoint effect of the antecedents. 

The method may be formally illustrated as fol- 
lows : Let at be the nnknown total. Now — 
If from A can be inferred ^ x, 
and from B " " " ^ x, 

and from C " " " ^ », 

and from 1) " " " —J x, 

then their algebraic sum is the conjoint effect a. 

For an example of a particular case, sappose we 
wish to find the velocity of a train of cars at the foot 
f a grade. If we can ascertain that the initial pro- 

' The ntioe is not telicitoua, seeing that it Is not sharply diatino- 
re, and hence tends to confusion ; but, lisving been generally adopted 
r logical vritera, it is bere retained. 



DSDUCnOK 161 

pulsion caoBes a velocity of 10 feet a second, the pnll 
of the engine while running down 40, gravity 30, 
and that friction causes a retardation of 20, then the 
sum of the several velocities thus ascertained is its 
final velocity. If, now, we actually measure the final 
velocity and find it the same as that calculated, our 
estimate is thereby verified. Theoretically this is a 
very simple case, practically it would be difficult.' 
Yet this method is the sole one applicable to it, and 
to a great variety of cases, many of great intricacy ; 
nevertheless it has often led to very brilliant results. 

§ 79. The deductive method, including its prep- 
aration and confirmation, may be viewed as consist- 
ing of three several stages. 

1st. Induction.* This, the causes having been 
separately investigated, makes induction of their 
several laws. Many celestial phenomena remained 
unexplained until the mechanical laws of certain 
causes, especially the laws of motion (§ 18 n.), were 
ascertained and furnished a basis for explanation. 

> Often forces are in equilibrium, as in mechanical action and reac- 
tion producing rest (§ 18, note, 8d law). If A prodaces a, and B pro- 
duces —a, the causes neutralizing each other as to any perceptible 
change, we may have no suspicion that they are in operation at all. 
Thus an equal balance at rest gives no sign of the downward forces in 
play. Rest is the effect produced, and the forces must be described, in 
terms of pressure, by their tendency to produce motion (g 62). 

' The first stage is called induction because there must be an induc- 
tion as the basis of the whole. In many particular investigations the 
place of the induction may be supplied by a prior deduction, but the 
ultimate major premise of the prior deduction must have been obtained 
by induction. 






152 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTIYB LOGIC 

If the sabject be a social phenomenon, the premises 
prerequisite to its determination are certain laws of 
human action, and certain properties of outward 
things by which the conduct of men in society is 
influenced. Thus certain political and social ante- 
cedents are regarded as explanatory of the French 
Revolution. 

2d. Deduction. This infers from the laws of the 
causes their combined effect. If the cases subsumed 
be general, the conclusions will be general. If they 
be particular, so will the«conclusions be ; as, the pre- 
dicted positions of the planets, found in the nautical 
almanac. When the terms of the premises have 
been subjected to quantitative measurement (§ 73), 
the deduction becomes a process of mathetnatical 
calculation. To determine the path of a projectile, 
a cannon-ball for instance, the causes which affect its 
range and velocity must first be known and meas- 
ured ; as, the force of the powder, the action of 
gravity, the angle of elevation, the resistance of the 
air, the force and direction of the wind. The laws 
of these being given, and particular cases subsumbd, 
still it is a very difficult mathematical problem so to 
combine the results as to deduce the effect of their 
collective action. 

3d. Verification. This tests the conclusion by 
comparing it with actual fact. If these agree, the 
conclusion is confirmed. The function of verifica- 
tion is not proof, but merely the confirmation of 
proof. Still its value is inestimable, and it cannot 
be dispensed with. In numerous and important cases 



DEDUCTION 153 

the agencies are so maDj and varions, often more 
or less eonnteracting one another, that we can hardly 
ever be sore that we have taken all into account, or 
have estimated rightly those that we know. More- 
over, when these conditions are fairly falfilled, to 
make the computation in any but very simple eases 
transcends oar calculus. Witness the unsolved prob- 
lem of three gravitating bodies. Save in rare in- 
stances our results are at best only approximations. 
To warrant reliance on the conclusion, it must be 
found to accord with a direct observation of the in- 
ferred facts, or with an empirical generalization of 
them. Should a discrepancy between the inference 
and the observation appear, it will lead to a correc- 
tion of error, or be indicative of some unnoticed 
residue, which may lead to additional discovery 

(§ 60). 

In Newton's procedure that establishes the iden- 
tity of terrestrial gravity with the force that deflects 
the moon's motion, or, in other words, that proves 
the attraction of the earth to be the cause of the de- 
flection, all three of the foregoing stages occur.' 

> The statement that follows is quoted from Mill, Logic^ p. 860. It 
should be noted that the order of procedure indicated here, and indeed 
throughout this treatise, is the logical order. The historical order — 
that is, the actual order of the thoughts of an investigator — is very va- 
rious, anticipating, reverting, passing to and fro over the whole ground; 
dwelling now on this point, now on that, overleaping necessary means; 
returning to finish the unfinished, making excursions into collateral 
regions, etc., so that it would perhaps be impossible for him to record 
his actual procedure. But the logical order of statement links all in 
a continaous chain of reason and consequent, and may be regarded as 
a corrected restatement of the process. 



154 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTiyE LOGIC 

'^ First, it is proved from the moon's motions that 
the earth attracts her with a force varying as the in- 
verse square of the distance. This, though partly 
dependent on prior deductions, corresponds to the 
first or purely inductive step, the ascertainment of 
the law of the cause (§ 89). 

" Secondly, from this law, and from the knowl- 
edge previously obtained of the moon's mean dis- 
tance from the earth, and of the actual amount of 
her deflection from the tangent, it is ascertained with 
what rapidity the earth's attraction would cause the 
moon to fall, if she were no farther off, and no more 
acted upon by extraneous forces, than terrestrial 
bodies are. That is the second step, the ratiocina- 
tion. 

^^ Finally, this calculated velocity being compared 
with the observed velocity with which all heavy 
bodies fall, by mere gravity, towards the surface of 
the earth (§ 74), the two quantities are found to 
agree." The proof is thus perfected, the identity 
established, the cause of the deflection ascertained 
with physical certainty to be the attraction of the 
earth. The logical process is complete in all its parts. 



XI.— HYPOTHESIS 

§ 80. When a novel phenomenon occurs which 
cannot at once be referred to its kind or otherwise 
explained, we are perplexed and dissatisfied. This 
prompts us to assign it provisionally to some known 
class or cause to which we suppose it may be- 
long. If the matter be trifling, we are usually 
satisfied by a guess, and dismiss it. If it be im- 
portant, we follow the clew implied in the guess, 
and investigate the case until perhaps' a plausible 
supposition is reached. Closer investigation may 
lead to knowledge, but very often we cannot get 
beyond a suspicion, a good guess, a fair conjecture, 
a reasonable supposition, or at best a probable as- 
sumption. 

Whoever will attentively consider his own mental 
operations shall find that almost always they thus 
consist at the outset of suppositions, that these guide 
his inquiries, and that very often he is unable to 
pass beyond to certain knowledge, but must rest 
content with probability. He shall find, not only 
that his thoughts are constantly employed with sup- 
positions, and that they comprise the great body of 
his most mature refiections, but also that without 
the aid of these as precursors it would hardly be pos- 



166 ELEMENTS OF mDUCTIVB LOGIO 

Bible to attain any satisfactory knowledge of any- 
thing whatever. 

A supposition or hypothesis has the form of a 
representative idea — a mental image of what is at 
least logically possible. The making it is the work 
chiefly of the reflective or the practical imagination, 
the thinking faculty co-operating and restraining.* 
That the earth is even now a sphere of molten fluid 
intensely hot, enclosed by a thin crust comparable to 
an egg-shell, is an hypothesis that required a bold 
imagination to frame it, and requiring, we may add, 
a like imagination to comprehend it. Kare vigor of 
this faculty, disciplined by thought, is characteristic 
of discoverers in science and of inventors in the arts. 
By it they make tentative excursions into unexplored 
regions, increasing and utilizing knowledge. 

The methodical use of suppositions in trifles is 
precisely the same as in the noblest sciences. One 
cannot hear a knock at his door, or see a flash, or 
smell an odor, or feel a pain, without instantly, al- 
most instinctively, making a supposition to explain 
it. Questions in common talk conform to supposi- 
tions in mind. Tares appear among the wheat; good 
seed was sown ; whence come the tares? An enemy 
hath done this. The plausible supposition may be 
rendered highly probable by circumstantial evidence, 
as the courts call it, against the accused, who, while 
enjoying the presumption of innocence, is tried on 

1 These mental relations are more fully stated with illustrations in 
IV^AoIo^, §§ 200, 202, 214. 



HTFOTHE8IS 157 

the suppofiition of gnilt. This, unless established by 
direct evidence, remains a supposition — that is, an un- 
proved proposition — only becoming more or less prob- 
able according to the circumstances. Yet, if it be 
shown that no other supposition can be maintained, 
this is proof, legal and logical.^ We have passed 
from trifles into serious matter. Now, if we turn to 
the great sciences that solve the mysteries of nature, 
or to theology that tells us of God, we shall find the 
same logical principles and processes, the same use of 
conjecture, supposition, and hypothesis, in the course 
through which the loftiest truth is attained. It is 
the province of logic in general to disclose and for- 
mulate the natural processes of thinking, and in par- 
ticular to unfold in this place the important part 
played by hypothesis.* 

^ ** Let any one watch the manner in wbieh he himself unravels a 
complicated mass of evidence ; let him observe how, for instance, he 
elicits the true history of any occurrence from the involved statements 
of one or of many witnesses ; he will find that he does not take all the 
items of evidence into his mind at once, and attempt to weave them 
together; he extemporizes, from a few of the particulars, a first rude 
theory [supposition, hypothesis] of the mode in which the facts took 
place, and then looks at the other statements one by one, to try whether 
they can be reconciled with that provisional theory [hypothesis], or 
what alterations or additions it requires to make it square with them. 
In this way we arrive, by means of hypotheses, at conclusions not hy- 
pothetical." — Mill, LoffiCy p. 854. 

* A thesis (Gr.) is a proposition posited (Lat.) ; an hypothesis ifl 
one supposited or supposed. The words hypothesis and supposition 
have thus a like etymology, and are synonyms. The latter in usage 
is applied more freely to commonplace and transient notions ; the for- 
mer to such as are scientific and settled, and so has rather more dig- 
nity. 



168 ELEKENT8 OF INDUCmYB LOOIO 

§ 81. The varions methods of iDvefitigating to 
ascertain the causal relation between a given phe- 
nomenon and its circnmstances involve necessarily 
a constant nse of suppositions. When an effect is 
given to find its canse, we are limited to simple 
observation, and seek for a natural occurrence of 
an instance wherein the antecedents can be noted. 
When one has been found, the first step is to reject 
the immaterial circumstances, and then to distrib- 
ute the remainder into antecedents and consequents. 
Now, it IB quite obvious that even this much cannot 
be done, unless there be in the mind of the observer 
some idea, however vague and unsettled, of the cause 
he is seeking, some suggestion from experience of 
analogous cases, some clew, some index, some sur- 
mise, conjecture, supposition, to guide him in a ten- 
tative application of one or another of the methods 
of investigation. This is essential to anj intelligent 
observation, which otherwise would be no more than 
the stupid gazing of a boor. The supposition, aris- 
ing perhaps in a very loose and uncertain way, may 
soon prove quite erroneous and be rejected, whereby 
a negative point is gained. Another takes its place, 
and investigation is renewed, guided constantly by 
a supposition. Illustrations of this mode of research 
are seen in the various hypotheses on the nature of 
comets and nebulse. Others may be taken from va- 
rious literary hypotheses which have laid claim to 
acceptance; as, the hypothesis of Wolf respecting 
the origin of the Homeric poems ; that of Niebuhr, 
deriving the stories of early Some from lost baJlads 



159 

or epics; those of Eichhom, Marsh, and others con- 
cerning the origin of the text of the Oospels ; the 
many concerning the authorship of the CEconomics 
attributed to Aristotle, and of the Letters of Jnnins. 
In such cases suppositions are made, and then sup- 
ported by circumstantial evidence. The form of 
logical procedure in the grave matter of scripture 
exegesis, or, generally, in the interpretation of lan- 
guage, is quite similar/ 

It is equally obvious that all experimental obser- 
vation is likewise dependent on supposition. A mere 
trial of possible combinations to see what will come 
of them, without the further suggestions of a sug- 
gested supposition, can elicit nothing, save by chance. 
Indeed, that cannot properly be called an experiment 
which does not proceed upon some tolerably well 
defined hypothesis. Cavendish, suspecting that water 
is not an element, was led by positive supposition to 
bum hydrogen with oxygen, and thus discovered its 
composition. Davy, conjecturing the alkalies to be 
metallic oxides, and following a clew suggested by 
analogy, proved it on decomposing them in a gal- 
vanic circuit. Franklin sailed his kite on a surmise 
of the identity of lightning with the electricity of his 
machine. Bacon stuffed a dressed fowl with snow, 
to test his supposition that cold would keep meat 
sweet. Columbus sailed westward on the hypothesis 

1 A striking example of the application of the hypothetical deduc- 
tive method to interpretation is the deciphering, by Champollion, in 
1822, of the famous Bosetta stone, whereby the Egyptian alphabet 
was disooTered. 



160 ELEMENTS OF IKDUOnYB LOGIO 

that the earth ia round, and henoa that he eoald thni 
reaoh the Indies Socialists attempt revolution, 
and legislators enact tentative laws on hypothetical 
grounds. Whenever anybody tries to do any new 
thing with the least modicnm of intelligence, he is 
trying to realize a soppositive idea, and no scientific 
procedure of any sort is possible unless in accord 
with a preconceived hypothesis. 

§ 83. A more formal use of hypothesis^-one more 
generally recognized by logicians and scientists — is 
now to be examined at some length. 

In the previous chapter, of which this is a con- 
tinuation, it was shown that the law of each of sev- 
eral given causes which together produce a homo- 
geneous effect, being inductively ascertained, we 
may, in simple cases, deduce their united effect, 
and then verify this result by comparing it with 
observed fact. We thus determine the effect to be 
expected in certain cases wherein the several co^p* 
crating causes intermixing their effects are known. 
The logical order of the whole procedure is, first 
induction, then deduction, then verification. This 
is the deductive method as applied to solve the prob- 
lem : Given a certain composition of causes, to find 
what homogeneous effect will follow (§ 78). We have 
now to show how the deductive method is applied to 
solve the inverse problem : Given a homogeneous 
effect, to find the cause or causes producing it, or 
their laws. 

It is quite evident that, owing to the homogeneity 



• 



HTPOTHBBIB 101 

of a mechanical effect, an analysis of it into its com* 
ponents is impracticable, and therefore no direct ap- 
plication of this or any of the preceding methods will 
solve the present problem. The obstacle may also 
be explained as dae to the qnasi-principle of a pin- 
rality of causes (§ 22). Beferring to the illnstration 
drawn from the composition of motion, it it evident 
that, given the motion of a body, no practicable anal- 
ysis of this effect, which is bat a part, thoagh the 
chief one, of the consequents, will enable us to deter- 
mine what force or forces were its actual cause ; since 
there is an infinite number of combinations of im- 
pulses, varying in intensity and direction, which might 
have produced precisely this partial effect. To find 
hypothetically, for instance, what impelling force or 
forces, with their point of application, direction, and 
intensity, might have produced the existing projec- 
tile and rotary motion of the earth, is an easy prob^ 
lem ; but to ascertain what combination of impulses, 
if any, did actually produce it, is impossible from 
any data we possess. 

The difficulty is not always so absolutely insuper- 
aible. There are many and very important cases, in 
which an indirect application of the deductive method 
attains, by the aid of hypothesis, results of inesti- 
mable scientific value. It consists in substituting 
for the induction of the first stage of the direct de* 
dttctive method (§ 79), an hypothesis of the cause or 
of its law, and then proceeding as before, the stages 
now being, first hypothesis, then deduction, then 

verification. This modified application of the de- 
u 



162 ELEMENTS OF INDUOnVS LOGIO 

dnctive method, we shall now examine more partica- 
larly/ 

§ 83. Let us first define the term. In its most 
general sense, an hypothesis is an unproved, and may 
be an unprovable, proposition. More specifically, 
it is a proposition laid down, without evidence or 
with insufficient evidence, from which to draw con- 
clusions relative to facts, under the notion that, if 
the conclusions are in accord with known facts, the 
hypothesis either is, or is likely to be, true.' In 
undertaking to explain the formal use of scientific 
hypothesis, we venture this yet more restricted 
definition : A scientiflc hypothesis is an ideal 
assumption of a cause or law. 

§ 84. For many cases of a mechanical e£Eect whose 
cause is unknown, a known cause, with its known 
law, is hypothetically posited ; from this supposition 
a deduction is made, and its conclusion verified by 
observation. Thus it has frequently occurred to a 
scattered cluster of powder-magazines that when 
one is exploded the others immediately 'explode. 
How shall we account for or what causes this uni- 

' Comte puts the process in a sentence, saying : " Some fact is as 
yet little understood, or some law is unknown ; we frame on the sub- 
ject an hypothesis as accordant as possible with the whole of the data 
already possessed ; and the science, being thus enabled to move for- 
ward freely, always ends by leading to new consequences capable of 
observation, which either confirm or refute, unequivocally, the first 
supposition." — PhUosophie Positive, tom. ii., p. 484. 

* See Mill, Logic, p. S49 ; and Bain, LogiCf bk. iiL, ch. 18. 



HTP0THB8I8 163 

formityt The hypothefiis has been assumed that 
aerial vibrations, whose mode of motion and of com- 
municating motion are well known, are the cause. 
Now, if in general aerial vibrations can cause explo- 
sion, it is deductively inferred that intense explo- 
sives, as cordite, nitrogen iodide, or fulminate of 
mercury, shall readily be exploded by the vibrations 
which a similar explosion produces, or even by a 
musical note. Experiments have verified this con- 
clusion, thus rendering the hypothesis probable. 

Let it be remarked that in this case the cause hy- 
pothetically posited is a vera causa — ^that is, one 
known in other connections to be a cause.^ So we 
may assume the cause of an epidemic to be excessive 
heat, or bad drainage, or imported bacteria, each be- 
ing a vera causa, and push the inquiry accordingly. 
The glacial hypothesis, accounting for the character 
and distribution of erratic boulders, assigns the ob- 
served action of glaciers and ice-floes as the cause; 
and the science of geology in general, finding in the 
earth's crust strata and masses of rock quite similar 
to observed deposits from water and products of vol- 
canic fire, assumes these verm causm as explanatory 
of those ancient formations. 

^ The phrase vera ccnua is taken from Newton's first Rule of Phi- 
losophizing (§ 21 n.). His meaning seems plain enough when we con- 
sider that he was proposing gravity, a cause known to operate near 
the earth, as the cause of planetary motions, to take the place of the 
ideal vortices of Descartes, in the theory of celestial mechanics. Still 
the phrase has been much discussed, and variously interpreted. See 
Herschel, Discourse, etc., % 18Y sq. ; Whewell, FhU. of Dia., ch, xviiL, 
§ Y'sq.; Mill, Logic, p. 863. 



164 ELEMENTS OF mDUCmYE LOGIC 

It is not, however, as has been claimed, essential 
in scientific investigation that the canse assumed 
shall be a vera catMO, but such assumption brings 
the case nearer to and facilitates complete proof, and 
hence is the most promising form of this general 
mode of inquiry.* There is, indeed, no other limit 
to hypothesis than that of imagination ; but natural 
science admits only such hypothetical agencies as are 
allied, at least by analogy, with known causes and 
laws in nature. The assumption of a supernatural 
cause to account for a natural event is unscientific, 
and characteristic of superstition ; as, to attribute an 
epidemic to the ill-will of a witch, or table-rappings 
to spirits. 

In illustration of a cause wholly hypothetical — that 
is, one not a vera causay but invented and supposed — 
we cite the undulatory hypothesis of light originally 
proposed by Hnyghens. This assumes space to he 
filled with an ether whose vibrations, according with 
the known laws of vibration in elastic fluids, account 
for many of the phenomena of light. The suppo- 
sition has given unity to the science of light, and 
served as an excellent working hypothesis ; but inde- 
pendent evidence of the real existence of such an 
ether is still lacking, though it has been earnestly 
sought, especially in watching for a retardation of 
the motion of comets attributable only to a resisting 

> '* Any hypothesis which has so much plausibility as to explain a 
considerable number of facts, helps us to digest these facts in proper 
order, to bring new ones to light, and make experimerUa crucU for the 
sake of future inquiries." — Hartley, Ohi, on Man^ vol &., p. 16. 



HTFOTHB8I8 165 

medium. The aasumed cause, then, is sot a vera 
carisaj and until it be proved to be one, it is not 
strictly proper to speak even of this most admirable 
and tmly scientific hypothesis as a theory.' 

§ 85. Instead of an hypothetical canse acting accord- 
ing to known law, there may be posited a known cause 
acting according to hypothetical law. For instance, 
the kinetic hypothesis of gases assumes that their 
mechanical properties are due to a peculiar mode of 
activity of the molecules. This activity of the known 
canse is supposed to be in accordance with the laws 
of motion, inertia and others, which, since they are 
known to be true laws in other relations, verce leges, 
correspond in this hypothesis to the veroB causcB in 
those just discussed. The gaseous molecules are rep- 
resented as constantly moving with great velocity, 
those of hydrogen at zero having a rate of one and 
one-seventh miles a second; also as colliding with 
each other, and impinging on the sides of a contain- 
ing vessel, which expenditure of vis viva is the press- 
ure of the gas. As the temperature rises, the mole- 
cules move faster, strike harder and of tener, and the 
pressure is greater. It is their great and inces- 
sant molecular activity that causes the expansion and 
diffusion of gases, to which is due the uniformity 

1 The terms theory and hypothesis should not be used indifferently. 
Hypothesis is the more general term including mere conjecture. The- 
ory is hypothesis of only the highest order, grounded on a vera caiMa, 
and systematically elaborated. Moreover, after complete proof, the 
theorem, though no longer hypothetical, is still called a theory. 



166 ELBMENT8 OF INDUdTYE LOGIO 

of our mixed atmosphere. This hypothesis of a 
peculiar mode or law of activity has been devel- 
oped mathematically, and deductions made from it 
have been verified. It is accepted by many phys- 
icists. 

There are also instances in science wherein hy- 
pothesis has respect both to the cause and to its law. 
The development hypothesis, proposing to account 
for the origin of species, was announced, in crude 
form, five centuries before the Christian era, and has 
never been entirely abandoned. What Mr. Darwin 
did for it was to amplify and perfect the hypothesis 
of the causes, environment, use and disuse, and hered- 
ity, showing that they are veroB oausoB, then to postu- 
late the law of natural selection or the survival of the 
fittest, and show it to be a vera lex under which fair- 
ly permanent changes of type in both fauna and flora 
are actually effected, this being also a verification. 
Still, his famous speculation, serving as an excellent 
guide of work, and remodelling all branches of nat- 
ural history, remains an hypothesis ; it is not a logi- 
cally established theory.' 

> See Darwin, " Origin of Species," eflpecially ch. iv. The following 
statements, from favoring authorities, are weighty and significant : 

" Mr. Darwin's remarkable speculation on the Origin of Species is 
another unimpeachable example of a legitimate hypothesis. What 
he terms * natural selection * is not only a vera causa [fei ^], but one 
proved to be capable of producing effects of the same kind with those 
which the hypothesis ascribes to it ; the question of possibility is en- 
tirely one of degree. It is unreasonable to accuse Mr. Darwin (as has 
been done) of violating the rules of Induction. The rules of Induction 
are concerned with the conditions of Proof. Mr. Darwin has never 



HYPOTHESIS 167 

Other examples of approved doctrine wholly hypo- 
thetical are Dalton's atomic hypothesis, so prominent 
in chemistry, and Boscovich's hypothesis of the ulti- 
mate mechanical constitution of matter, which holds 
its place in physics. Such double assumptions of 
both cause and law must be classed as representative 
fictions until discovery take them out of this cate- 
gory. Though mere speculations, yet they have sci- 
entific value, in promoting unity of conception and 
suggesting lines of fruitful investigation. 

Knally, an hypothesis may be made respecting the 
law of an efi^ect, the cause and its law being unknown 
and unsought. Thus Kepler made and rejected, be- 
cause unverifiable, nineteen hypotheses respecting the 
orbit of Mars, before he supposed it to be an ellipse, 

pretended that his doctrine was proved. He was not bound by the 
rales of Induction, but by those of Hypothesis. And these last have 
seldom been more completely fulfilled. He has opened a path of in- 
quiry full of promise, the results of which none can foresee. And is 
it not a wonderful feat of scientific knowledge and ingenuity to have 
rendered so bold a suggestion — which the first impulse of every one 
was to reject at once — admissible and discussible even as a conjecture ?" 
— ^Mill, Logic, p. 866, note. 

"It must suffice to enunciate the belief that Life under all its 
forms has arisen by a progressive, unbroken evolution ; and through 
the instrumentality of what we call natural causes. That this is an 
hypothesis, I readily admit. That it may never be anything more, 
seems probable. That even in its most defensible shape there are 
serious difficulties in its way, I cheerfully acknowledge. . . . Save for 
those who still adhere to the Hebrew myth, or to the doctrine of spe- 
cial creations derived from it, there is no alternative but this hypothe- 
sis or no hypothesis. For myself, finding that there is no positive 
evidence of special creations, and that there is some positive evidence 
of evolution, I adopt the hypothesis until better instructed.'* — Herbert 
Spencer, Prindpla of Ptiychology, § 208, note (2d ed., 1870). 



168 ELEMENTS oiT naytTenvB logic 

and found this verifiable (§10). Of like sort is his 
hypothefiis of the law of refraction of light. 

§ 86. An hypothesis, whatever approbation it may 
enjoy, if it be foand irreconcilable by any modifi- 
cation with an observed fact^^facts being stabbom 
things — mnst be abandoned. That heat is a mode of 
molecular motion was once, bat is no longer, an ap- 
proved doctrine of physics. The system of cycles 
and epicycles, proposed by Tycho Brahe to account 
for the eelestial motions, fell away as soon as the 
relative distances of the planets was measured. Fre- 
quently, in the history of science, two or more hy- 
potheses, each having its advocates, have been pro- 
posed to explain the same class of phenomena. Thus, 
in electricity, Franklin's hypothesis of one fluid was 
opposed by Symmes's hypothesis of two fluids ; both 
are now rejected as failing to accord with the facts. 

A fact that decides between two rival hypotheses 
was called by Bacon an instantia crucia^ a crucial 
instance.* When the Oopernican system opposed 
the Ptolemaic, it triumphed by the instantia cruets 
of aberration of light, a fact incompatible with the 
earth's being at rest. Foucault's pendulum experi- 
ment also is crucial against its immobility. Rival 
hypotheses of light mark the early history of that sci- 
ence. Newton's emission hypothesis supposes light to 

1 It is the fourteenth of his PrarogatiTes of Instances, introduced 
thus : ** Inter prarogativas instaDtiamm ponemus, loco decimo quarto, 
imkmiiM erueut ; translate Tocabalo a crvclbus, quie erectSB in biviis, 
indicant et signant Tiaram Bepar«tioxie8."->-JVov. Ory.y bk. ii., aph. S6. 



fiTPOtHlCStS 169 

consist of very minute particles emitted with great 
velocity from luminous bodies. The undulatory hy- 
pothesis of Hnygheus, already cited (§ 84), supposes 
light to consist in the vibrations of an elastic luminif- 
erous ether filling space. The absence of mechanical 
energy from rays of light, the most delicate experi- 
ments failing to discover any vis viva in the con- 
centrated solar beam, is a negative instantia cruoia 
against the emission hypothesis ; one positive is that, 
by this hypothesis, the velocity of light on passing 
into a denser medium should increase, whereas it was 
shown by Arago to diminish, being in inverse ratio 
to the refractive indices. Moreover, Fresnel showed 
that the phenomena of diffraction and of thin plates 
are inconsistent with this hypothesis, but clearly 
explicable on the other.' These crucial instances 
overthrew the Newtonian hypothesis, and that of 
Huyghens has ever since been unrivalled. But let 
not the disproof of one be mistaken for proof of the 
other. In general, that an hypothesis has no rival, 
and is not likely to have one, though it strengthen 
presumption, is not proof. 

§ 87. A special function of verification, then, is to 
establish a crucial instance which will discredit a 
rival hypothesis. When this is done, it makes a deep 
impression, and strengthens the erroneous notion, so 
common even among scientific thinkers, that verifi- 
cation somehow is proof. We have already stated 

^ See Fresners view more fully detailed in Herschel, Discourse, ete,j 
§ 218. See, also, Ganot, Mements cU Physique, §§ 429, 661. 



170 ELEMENTS OF INDUCnVE LOOIO 

that its general function is to confirm hypothesis, to 
heighten its probability (§ 79). When verifications 
are numerous and unexpected, and conform to the 
hypothesis with mathematical precision, and espe- 
cially when defeating all proposed rivals, they almost 
irresistibly convince. Although any mere hypoth- 
esis may at least conceivably be replaced by some 
other one not yet devised, it is only the strong and 
clear mind that can successfully resist being misled 
by such verifications into a confidence proper to em- 
pirical certainty alone (§ 46). Mere verifications can 
never amount to strict proof.* Of this much only 
may we be sure — ^if the hypothesis of a cause, as the 
luminiferous ether, be at all tenable, then its laws 
and the laws of the real cause, whatever it may be, 
are at least partially identical. But this identity of 
law does not prove identity of cause, for agencies 
quite distinct may have identical law; thus the in- 
tensity of all radiants — light, heat, gravity, and oth- 
ers — varies inversely as the square of the distance. 

The power of predicting entirely new phenomena 
has been regarded as a specific mark of the truth of 
an hypothesis.' For instance, it being known that 

^ An exception, however, should perhaps be taken in case of an hy- 
pothesis relative to a single fact, or a group of facts having known 
limits. Thus, from the hypothesis that the world is round was in- 
f erred, it may be circumnavigated ; which was first fully verified by 
the Vittoria, one of Magellan's ships, in 1619-21. Gf. the discovery 
of the planet Neptune, § 11. 

' So Dr. Whewell seems to think. See FhU, of Dis,^ ch. xxii., § 61. 
A very striking case is the prediction, resulting from mathematical 
deduction, by Sir William R. Hamilton, verified by Dr. Humphrey 



fiYPOTHESlS 171 

two aerial sound waves may so interfere with one 
another as to produce silence, analogy suggested 
that, if the nndulatory hypothesis of light be true, 
two etherial light waves may neutralize each other, 
producing darkness; which prediction was fulfilled 
on experiment. This, construed as an argument 
proving the hypothesis, is plainly faUacia conse- 
quefUis (§ US), A fact thus obtained is only one 
more added to those already found to accord with 
the hypothesis. If the law of the propagation of 
light agrees with that of elastic fluids in a number 
of known particulars, we may expect it to agree in 
others. That a fact was predicted does not in the 
least aSect its character or bearing. The fulfilment 
of such a prophecy merely adds the weight of another 
verifying fact to a still unproved assumption. Let 
us remember that Newton formed an hypothesis 
from which he predicted the combustibility of the 
diamond ; which prediction has proved true, yet the 
hypothesis has proved false (§ 47). 

§ 88. If, then, verification cannot accomplish log- 
ical proof, by what process shall it be attained ? The 
form is quite simple. 

First, the hypothesis in question must be shown 
competent to explain all the facts of that class to 
which it is applied ; that is, it must lead deductively to 
those facts, which deduction is tested by verification/ 

Lloyd of Dublin, of the refraction of a single ray of light, under special 
conditions, into a conical pencil. 

^ The undulatory hypothesis of light fails even here. It gires no 



172 fiLEMEKTS OV iKDtTCTlVfi LOOlO 

Second, it must be shown that no other hypoth- 
esis can explain all the facts; in other words, that 
any other hypothesis will lead to some false result.' 

When these two steps have been taken, the proof 
is complete, passing beyond the highest probability 
that can be attained by the first step alone, and be- 
coming physical or moral certainty — that is, empirical 
certainty (§ 46). The thesis is no longer an hypoth- 
esis, an unproved proposition, but has become a 
proved proposition, an established theory. 

It is worthy of remark that both parts of this proc- 
ess are often recognized in vulgar speech as requi- 
site to constitute proof. When a supposition is pro- 
posed to account for some commonplace affair, and 
questioned, the proposer is apt to say something like 
this: It explama the whole matter^ and the thing 
carCt he explained in any other way^ or, no other 
eoBplanation wiU do. The objector may perhaps re- 
ply : It seems to me some other eoffplanation might 
he founds or is possible^ which also implies that estab- 
lishing the negative is essential to proof. So in the 
courts. Circumstantial evidence of guilt, which in- 
deed may be completely refuted by an alibi^ a fact 
irreconcilable with the supposition, is accumulated 
until, in the opinion of both judge and jury, this 
and no other supposition can possibly explain the 
facts; which result in ordinary cases will justify 

satisfactory account of the reflection of light, of the composite char- 
acter of white light, of the colors of objects, of the absorption of light, 
of its chemical and vital influences, or of the X rays. 

1 This is essentially the argwrnrUum ad impostibUe (§ 108). 



HYPOTHESIS 173 

condemnation, the indictment becoming morally cer- 
tain. If the defendant can maintain some other 
plausible supposition, doubt remains, and he is enti- 
tled to the benefit of the doubt — that is, his guilt is 
not proved. 

A little consideration will discover that this process 
is the rigorous method of difference, the two steps 
just described fulfilling its condition of aflirmative 
and negative instances (§ 56). For example, it has 
been observed by Hyene of France, and Bizzolero of 
Italy, that in every case of the blood of consump- 
tives examined there is present a third corpuscle on 
which the also ever-present consumption bacillus ap- 
parently feeds. The hypothesis is that their coex- 
istence, A, is the cause of the disease, Zj which is 
thereby explained. Allowing that the observed facts 
support, as above stated, this hypothesis, we have 
the aflirmative instance, ABC with y zx, the added 
letters representing other physical circumstances in 
a case. The numerous confirmatory observations, 
therefore, by the method of agreement alone, render 
the hypothetic causal relation highly probable. 

Kow, the supposition that the third corpuscle alone 
may be the cause is precluded by the observation 
that its presence is consistent with health. The sup- 
position that the bacillus alone is the cause remains. 
Dr. Watkins of New York city resolved to test this 
last supposition in his own person. Having ascertained 
that the third corpuscle was not present in his blood, 
he caused himself to be inoculated with the cultus 
of tubercule bacilli. The ninety days, during which 



174 ELEMENTS OF INDUOTTVB LOGIC 

Bymptoms of consumption or tabercnlosis should ap- 
pear, passed away without the sign. Thus was sup- 
plied the negative instance, B C with x y, required 
by the method of difference ; both the combination 
of the corpuscle with the bacillus, A^ and the disease, 
z^ being absent. Therefore, by this cogent method, 
the combination is proved to be the cause, no other 
hypothesis will answer, and the one laid down be- 
comes a fairly established theory, which may lead to 
very important therapeutic results. 

§ 89. The discussion may fitly close with a cita- 
tion of a standard example. It is Newton's use of 
the hypothetical form of the deductive method to 
determine the primary laws of the orbital motion of 
the planets.' 

First, he assumed that the force which constantly 
deflects a planet from a rectilinear course, making it 
describe a curve around the sun, tends directly toward 
the sun. Then he proved deductively that, if it do 
so, the radius vector of its orbit shall describe equal 
areas in equal times. This was verified by being 
identical with Kepler's first law, already empirically 
ascertained (§ 10 n.). Newton then proved that if 
the force acted in any other direction whatever, the 
radius vector would not describe equal areas in equal 
times, which consequent is false to fact. This latter 
step completes the proof of the first assumption. 

1 In the following statement we follow pretty closely the excellent 
analysis of Mr. Mill, Logic ^ p. 861. 



HTPOTHESIB 1?5 

For, let J. be a force acting centrally ; A B Cj the 
planets and a central force; £ C^ the planets apart 
from a central force. Now the planets and a central 
force produce z^ areas proportional to the times, with 
X y^ effects other than z ; the planets apart from a 
central force produce x y only. Hence it is rigor- 
ously proved by the method of difference that A^ 
a force acting centrally, is the causal law of 3, areas 
as the times. 

Second, having thus determined the direction of 
the deflecting forcOj Newton proceeded in like man- 
ner to ascertain the law of quantitative variation of 
that force. He assumed that the force varies in- 
versely as the square of the distance. From this he 
deduced Kepler's second and third laws, which veri- 
fied the hypothesis. He then proved that any other 
law of variation would give results inconsistent with 
Kepler's laws, already known to be true. This com- 
pletes the proof of the second assumption. 

Newton then used these conclusions as premises 
under which, by the direct deductive method, the 
motion of the moon was brought as a special or par- 
ticular case, and terrestrial gravity proved to be its 
cause. This argument is detailed in § 7d. 

Thus was established the theory of universal grav- 
itation. The general induction which immediately 
follows the foregoing specific proofs is stated by 
Newton as an obvious and necessary inference. He 
says : " If it universally appears, by experiments and 
astronomical observations, that all bodies about the 
earth gravitate towards the earth, and that in pro- 



u^ 



1Y6 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

portion to the quantity of matter which they several- 
ly contain ; that the moon likewise, according to the 
quantity of its matter, gravitates towards the earth ; 
that, on the other hand, our sea gravitates towards 
the moon ; and all the planets mutually one towards 
another ; and the comets in like manner towards the 
sun ; we must universally allow that all bodies what- 
soever are endowed with a principle of mutual grav- 
itation."* Subsequently he says: "We have ex- 
plained the phenomena of the heavens by the power 
of gravity, but have not assigned the cause of this 
power. Hitherto I have not been able to discover 
the cause of the properties of gravity from phenom- 
ena, and apart from phenomena I frame no hypoth- 
eses. It is enough that gravity does really exist, and 
act according to the laws which we have explained, 
and abundantly serves to account for all the motions 
of celestial bodies." ' 

^FrincipiOy bk. iiL, under Bule 8cL 'Id., 3^oUitm Otnerale, 



I 



Xn.— NATTJEAL LAW 

§ 90. The ultimate essence in the generic notion 
law is similarity. When a nnmber of facts, either 
beings or events, make a striking impression of simi- 
larity, each is regarded as a repetition of the others. 
A phenomenon is said to be repeated when the 
mind of the observer receives impressions so very 
similar as to be indistinguishable except as to time 
or place. When several such impressions concur, 
the notion of repetition is expanded into the notion 
of order. This, when the order is undeviating, be- 
comes the notion of strict uniformity. Law ex- 
presses, in general terms, a strict uniformity. Its 
formal definition may be stated thus : 

A law is a designation of a constant order 
of facts determined by the constitution of 
the things/ 

' The synthesis of this section is of elements obtained by an analy- 
sis of the notion law. A denffnation simply marks out and makes 
known. The thiti^a are those from which the law arises, and to which 
it applies. The eomtittUion is an assemblage of properties, which 
propeHies, being constant causes, determine both the facte and theic 
constant order. The specific difference, determined, etc., excludes 
voluntary order (e, g. that discovered by statistics of crime), chance 
order (§ 49), and any order discernible in primitive collocations 
(§ 94 n.). These limitations clear up the meaning of the phraseology, 
19 



178 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

§ 91. Primarily there are two kinds of law — for- 
mal law and material law. 

Formal laws designate or give expression to the 
forms in which the mind conceives things. They 
are strictly abstract formulas, occasioned by the or- 
der of phenomena, bat expressing only the conse- 
quent intellectual order necessary to the understand- 
ing of phenomena. Such are the primary laws of 
logic, the principles of induction, the axioms of 
mathematics, the fundamental principle of ethics, 
and any other primary axiomatic truth of pure in- 
tuition (§ 7). A formal law arising from demonstra- 
tion — that is, one deduced a priori from axioms — is 
a secondary formal law; as, the dicta of the syllogism, 
the canons of causation, the law of a mathematical 
series, and the like. Formal laws are expressive of 
ultimate abstract absolute truth. 

Material laws designate formal or conceptional or- 
der incorporated with matter, and thereby give ex- 
pression to phenomenal order. The order of phe- 
nomena is always determined by the constitution of 
the things themselves, which order is recognized by 
the observer, and formulated as material law. 

but the term has in good usage such wide and varied applications that 
it is difficult to formulate an accurate and adequate definition. 

Montesquieu defines thus : ** Laws in their most extended significa- 
tion are the necessary relations arising from the nature of things.** 
He adds : ** In this sense all beings have their laws, the Deity has His 
laws, the material world has its laws, superior intelligences have their 
laws, the brutes have their laws, and man has his laws.** — D Esprit da 
LoUy bk. i., ch. 1. This is altogether the most meritorious attempt I 
have seen to construct a comprehensive definition of law. 



NATURAL LAW l79 

§ 92. Material law likewise is of two kinds, moral 
law and natural law. 

Moral law, apart from its content, has the form of 
a categorical imperative: Act hy a rnaadrnfiUy uni- 
versal. This materialized becomes: Trespass not; 
Zove thy neighbor. It is a mandate addressed to 
persons, implying a possible alternative, and the re- 
quired order, determined by the natural constitution 
of its subjects, is sanctioned bj authority, power, and 
penalty. The decalogue, all civil, common, and stat- 
ute law, and even the conventions of polite society, 
are specialized statements of moral law. 

Natural law generalizes and formulates facts of 
coexistence and events of orderly succession in in- 
animate things, and also in animate beings apart 
from their free will. It merely states a uniformity 
which has been found to exist in nature. 

Moral law is in form imperative; natural law is 
simply indicative. The one is a uniformity enjoined, 
having an alternative; the other is a uniformity es- 
tablished, having no alternative. In the one the 
facts come after the law ; in the other the facts come 
before the law. The one designates ideal facts that 
ought to be ; the other, real facts that actually are. 
Moral law of actions becomes known a priori by 
pure intuition, and serves as a premise from which 
to deduce specific rules of duty in personal conduct ; 
natural laws of events become known a posteriori 
by induction, and serve as premises from which to 
deduce specific laws and particular facts of science, 
and rules of art. 



180 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIO 

In addition to these distinctions let us clear the 
notions of two adhering misconceptions. 

It is probable that the notion law is derived orig- 
inally from the expressed will of a superior in power 
and authority.* But this meaning has become specif- 
ic, the notion having been widely extended to include 
generically various uniformities, though still retain- 
ing, in perhaps all of its applications, a covert sug- 
gestion of authoritative imposition. Hence, it may 
be, arises the confused and inaccurate, yet very com- 
mon, thinking and speaking of obedience to or vio- 
lation of natural law. Persons, to whom moral law 
is addressed, may obey or break it ; the alterna- 
tive is possible. But neither persons nor things lit- 
erally obey natural law ; for, there being no possible 
alternative, it cannot be violated, or perverted. A 
planet does not obey the laws of motion and gravi- 
tation ; the notion of obedience is inapplicable to it. 
A natural law does not convey a command, it is never 
expressed in the imperative mood, but is a categor- 
ical proposition indicative merely of a general fact 
in general terms.' 

> The word law is cognate with lay^ from the Anglo-Saxon legu^ and 
this from the causative leegan^ to laj down. A law is that which is 
laid, set, fixed ; Lat aiatuere^ whence statute. Austin limits it thus : 
" A law, in the literal and proper sense of the word, may be defined as 
a rule laid down for the guidance of an intelligent being by an in- 
telligent being haying power over him." — Jurisprudence^ § 2. Again 
he says: "Every law or rule (taken with the largest signification 
which can be given to the term properly) is a command." — Id,, § 19. 

* Bishop Hooker in Ecdesiastieal Polity, after his famous saying of 
Law, that " her seat is the bosom of God, and her voice is the har- 



ITATtmAt LAW 181 

By another very common confusion of thought, 
laws of both kinds are often spoken of as though 
they were themselves efficient agents. We hear of 
the restraint of civil law, and of its compulsive 
power. As mere metonymy this may be allowed ; 
but with many who speak thus, it is not figurative, but 
literal. Hence it needs to be pointed out that, while 
the police and the jailor exert force and are causes, 
the law which they execute does nothing beyond serv- 
ing as a mandatory guide. Laws do not govern or 
regulate men ; men regulate themselves, or a gov- 
ernor rules them, according to law.^ So, likewise, 
natural laws are often confused with causes. They 
relate to energy, force, cause, but are in themselves 
impotent. It is true of causes, but not of laws, that 
they counteract or interfere with one another, and can 

mony of the world,*' oomplains that men are less subservient to the 
divine order than are things. Montesquieu^ in " L'Esprit des Lois," de- 
claims on the stricter obedience, throughout the universe, of material 
things to the laws of natore than of mankind to the divine and human 
laws laid down for their conduct. 

" The confusion of Law, in the judicial sense, with Law as a nni- 
formity of nature," says Mr. Bain, " is exemplified in Butler's chapter 
on the Moral Government of Gk>d [Analoffy, etc., pt. i., ch. 8]. But- 
ler calls the * course of l^ature ' a government merely on the ground 
that it induces precautions to avoid pain. But these precautions have 
nothing moral in them ; they may be used for criminal ends. Guy 
Fawkes most faithfully obeyed [?] the laws of nature when he 
placed his barrels of gunpowder so as to insure the blowing up of 
Parliament, while he arranged for firing th^m in safety to himself." 
— LogiCy "bk. vi., ch. 4. 

^ We note, however, that enacted law inclines law-abiding subjects 
to observance ; also that, as merely contemplated, it is an efficient ed- 
ucator. 



182 BLEHEHT0 OF INDCCTIVE LOQIO 

be adjusted to an end. As a planet does not obey 
law, so it is not governed b; law, nor even according 
to law ns men are. Natui-e, amidst its apparently 
nnsettled vacillating diversities, ts characteiized by 
certain established unvarying aniformities, which 
natnral laws merely record.' 

§ 93. Natnral law is the product of observation. 
It indicatively affirms an order of natnral facts to 
be universal — that is, to occur with invariable uni- 
formity. Natural laws are of two kinds: primary or 
ultimate, and secondary or derivative. The latter 
kind is subdivided into rational and empirical.* The 



' Hr. Hill says : " In minds not habitaated to accnrate thinking, 
there ia often a confused notion that the general laws are the cauwi 
of the partial ones ; that the law of general grBvitation, for example, 
caniieB the phenomenon of the fall of bodies to the earth. But to as- 
sert this would be a misuse of the word cause ; terrestrial gravity is 
Dot an effect of general gravitation, bui a one of it ; that is, one kind 
of the particular instances in which that general Ian obtains." — Logic, 
p. S38. Notwithstanding this eicellent statement, he uses the term 
law in the sense of mvte very manj times. 

The Oulie of Ai^ll sajs : " Everj Law of Nature is liable to coun- 
teraction ; and the rule is that laws are habitually made to countecact 
eaQh other."— iieijn of Law, ch. ii. (p. 100, Am. ed.). In many places 
he confuses force with law; e.g., "Force ascertained according to 
some measure of its operation, is one of the definitiona of a scientiSo 

r." — Jd., p. 71. Again; "No one I«w — that is to say, do one 

ce — determines anything." — Id., p. 76. 

The secondary or derivative laws are the axiomata media of 

on. The terms rational and empirical, marking the subdivision, 
not clearly distinc^ve, are not Id proper opposiUon ; but good 
B this specific application of them, and we have none 



KATCBAL LAW 183 

empirical are those of succession and those of coex- 
istence (§ 33). We shall discuss these several kinds 
in reverse order, the order of inductive generaliza- 
tion. 

§ 94. A uniformity of coexistence, an order of facts 
observed to be simultaneous, to be associated in all 
cases in wide observation without exception, is rec- 
ognized as empirical law. Such is the uniform co- 
existence of inertia and gravity in all bodies. These 
two properties seem to be entirely independent of 
each other, and yet are conjoined through all nature, 
and are proportional in amount. Likewise, body and 
mind coexist in all men. 

In natural kinds are found many coinhering attri- 
butes which are cases of uniform coexistence, and so 
reducible to law; as, AU animals home a nervous 
swperadded to a digestive system. The group of 
coexisting attributes marking a natural kind consti- 
tutes the law of that kind as expressed in its com- 
plete definition. Each being essential, if any one be 
absent, we have a different kind. Thus a specific 
weight of 19^3 is essential to gold ; if a metal were 
found having all the other marks of gold with a 
different specific weight, it would not be gold ; it 
would be a new kind, with a different law. 

Sometimes an accidental mark is so persistent as 
to furnish a quasi -law. Colors, for example, are 
often quite constant, as that of melted or polished 
gold and silver, of oak and pine leaves, of crows, and 
even of men. Negroes are black, Indians are red. 



1^ lEtJEMXirtd 0# tEmirCTITiG LOOtti 

Sach coexistenceB in many cases are properties, and 
sharply characteristic^ aa risibility in man (§ 15), 
Hence they may serve in a qnasi-definition ; as, A 
dog is a digiiigrade quadrupedy having fijced dawSj 
four toeSy and a recurved tail. Bat snch general- 
ities, howeTer true, can rarely claim the dignity of 
law. 

The only method applicable to ascertain a law of 
coexistence is enumeration (§ 37 sq.). Hence snch 
laws are attended by all the hazard and imperfection 
belonging to that method, and their statements, in- 
cluding definitions of kinds, often undergo modifica- 
tions from wider experience.^ 

' There is in nature a large daas of coexistences^ commonly spoken 
of as primeval or primordial £ict» or original agents, which are re- 
garded as ultimate, and heyond explanation or redaction to law. The 
sun, as to its existence, sine, gravitating force, etc., the earth, the 
planets, with their Tarious constituents of air, water, rocks, and other 
distinguishahle substances, simple and compound, both as to quantity 
and quality, of whi^ these various bodies are made up, are primor- 
dial facts. The nebular hypothesis of Kant and Laplace seeks to go 
beyond their known itehii, and explain broadly their genesis. But 
ao long as we can gire no satisfactory account of their origin, of 
their distribution in space, of their relative quantities, they are pro- 
▼isionally classed as primeval coexisting natural agents. Their dis- 
tribution and relative quantities are so irregular as to seem casual 
and lawless. They are mere collocations, and mere collocations 
cannot be reduced to any law. Hence, what we know of them fur- 
nishes no ground for an induction respecting the distribution and 
quantities of similar bodies in remoter space. They are permanent 
causes in nature as it is, but are themselves without assignable cause. 
As the truths of pure reason are the ultimate basis of the laws of 
thought, so in a sense are these permanent causes the ultimate basis 
of the laws of things ; in the one case we cannot assign a reoaon, in 
the other, a eause. 



NATUBAL LAW 186 

§ 95. An empirical law in general is a secondary 
or derivative law, the derivation of which is not yet 
known. It is an ascertained uniformity attributed to 
causation, and hence presumed to be resolvable into 
primary laws, but not yet resolved. It is not origi- 
nal, and remains to be accounted for. 

Empirical laws are inductions by enumeration, 
confirmed perhaps by an incomplete application of 
the method of agreement (§ 66). Indeed, almost all 
truths obtained by simple observation, including laws 
of coexistence, are to be regarded as empirical, and 
the hazard that attends them is such that scientists 
hesitate to rely upon them in cases varying much 
from those actually observed. 

Laws of succession yet empirical are: The local 
laws of tides ; Bed sunset betokens fair weather ; 
Breeds are improved by crossing; Boiling tempera- 
ture destroys animal life; An alloy is harder than 
its components; The number of atoms of acid neu- 
tralizing an atom of base is equal to the number 
of atoms of oxygen in the base. Harvey's law, 
Omne vivum ex ovOj is empirical. So also is the law 
of continuity, Natwra non agit per saltum^ which is 
illustrated in the continuity of animal and vegetable 
life, and in general by the transition of matter 
from one state into another, as in melting, boiling, 
and their opposites. The attempt to fill apparent 
gaps in nature's continuity stated in this law has 
led to important discoveries, having the character of 
verifications (§ 87), but the law is unproved, unex- 
plained, and so empirical. True, the development 



OF TmynanvE looio 



hypotheeie oSers a partial explanation, which, how- 
ever, is merely hypotlietical (§ 85).' 

The medical sciences furnish good illnstrations. 
Anatomy is strictly empirical, since it is concerned 
wholly with the manner of the distribntiou of the 
varions parts of the organism. Physiology, which 
is concerned with the functions of these parts, 
has made some progress towards rational explana- 
tion, but, owing to the vast complexity of the snb- 
ject, its advance is slow and hesitating. Pathology 
only quite recently has given promise of passing 
Buecesefnlly, throngh hypothesis, from the empirical 
to the rational stage. The old humoral hypothesis 
of Galen, and the solidist hypothesis of Hoffman 
and Cullen, were long rivals as explanations of dis- 
ease (§ 86). Both are now superseded by the germ 
hypothesis, which bids fair to become established 
theory (§ 88). Infectious diseases are attributed to 
bacteria. The specific bacillns of toberculosis, of 



' The following Laws of the Reflection of Light are empirical : 
L The angle of reflection ia equal to the angle of inciiienco. 
1. The incident and the reflected ray are both in the eame pUne, 
which u perpendicular to the reflecting surface. 
AUo Descartes' Laws ot Single Refraction, as foUow: 
I. Whatever the obliquity of the inddent ray, the ratio which the 
Bine of the incident sngle bears to the fline of the angle of refraction 
» oonatant for the Bana two media, but vanee with different media. 
The incident and the refracted ray are in the same plane which 
rpendioular to the surface separaUng the two media.— Qanot, 
">«• de Phyiique, §g 440, 461. 

sBe LawB of Retraction have received a fitting explanation on the 
»to,7 hypotheaia, but it Ib merely hypothetic*! (g 84). 



NATUBAL LAW 187 

cholera, of diphtheria, of typhoid fever, and others, 
have been isolated, and numerous experiments 
tried, with the result that no one now thinks 
of humor or of disorganized tissue as the cause 
of disease, but that such or such a bacillus has in- 
vaded the body, and caused a specific disorder. 
Therapeutics lingers in the rear. There is some 
rational hygienic or constitutional treatment, but 
the use of drugs is almost exclusively empirical — 
their modus operandi can rarely be explained. That 
quinine checks fever, that table-salt checks hemor- 
rhage, are empirical facts inductively generalized. 
They are doubtless derivative from some higher uni- 
formities, but as yet are unexplained. Indeed, ther- 
apeutics is so largely empirical that it can hardly be 
deemed scientific, but is rather an art, having a body 
of narrow and precarious rules to guide the practi- 
tioner, rules for which no aprioric reason can be as- 
signed, and of which it can only be said that their ob- 
servance has been remedial in similar cases. Hence 
the hesitation of wise physicians, their careful, tenta- 
tive, watchful procedure with each new patient. 

§ 96. By the term rational law in this connection 
is meant merely law that can be deductively derived 
from more general laws, or, in other words, that can 
be resolved into primary laws. The derived law is 
thereby rationally explained. 

Thus the distribution of land and water, the strat- 
ification of the earth's crust, the occurrence of 
heavy metals in deep mines, of corrosible metals in 



188 ELEMENTS OF INDUOnVB LOGIC 

combination, of the non-corrosible, as gold and plat- 
inum, in a pure state — ^all are cases of evident causa- 
tion, and are referable to more general laws. 

In the progress of knowledge it not infrequently 
happens, as already intimated, that what was once 
merely an empirical law is resolved into well-ascer- 
tained uniformities of wider scope, and thus becomes 
a rational law. The presence of snow on high moun- 
tains was at one time only an empirical uniformity, 
but we now resolve it into the laws of radiant heat, 
and of condensation and freezing of vapor. Pre- 
vious to the discovery of the pressure of the atmos- 
phere, the rise of water under the action of a pump, 
and the standing height of mercury in the Torricel- 
lian tube, were known only as narrow empirical gen- 
eralties. Now they are conjointly explained by 
reference to their common cause — atmospheric press- 
ure — acting in accord with Pascal's more general law 
of pressure, which law, in turn, is deducible from 
the still more general laws of fluidity and gravity.* 

1 The foUowing is PascaPs Law of Liquid Pressure : 

Pressure exerted anywhera upon a mass of liquid is transmitted 
undiminished in all directions, and acts with the same force on all 
equal surfaces, and in a direction at right angles to those surfaces. 

Also the Laws of the Equilibrium of Floating Bodies are neat ex- 
amples of rational derivative laws, as follow: 

L The floating body must displace a volume of liquid whose weight 
equals that of the body. 

n. The centre of gravity of the floating body must be in the same 
vertical line with that of the fluid displaced. 

in. The equilibrium of a floating body is stable or unstable ac- 
cording as the metacentre is above or below the centre of gravity. — 
Ganot, mmerU8 de Physique, §§ 89, 106. 



NATtTBAL LAW 189 

The periodical return of eclipses, as known to the 
Chaldean astrologers, was an empirical law, until the 
general laws of the celestial motions accounted for 
it. Kepler's laws, as established by him, were mere- 
ly empirical generalizations (§ 10 n.). They ceased 
so *to be, and became rational derivative laws when 
Kewton deduced them from the three laws of mo- 
tion (§ 89). 

Kational derivative laws are very often condi- 
tioned for realization upon specific collocations of 
primeval agents (§ 94 n.). The uniformity, though 
invariable while the agents coexist, would cease to 
be should that coexistence cease.* The orderly suc- 
cession of day and night, the round of the seasons, 
the ebb and flow of the sea, are dependent on the 
earth's diurnal rotation, the inclination of its equator 
to the ecliptic, and the relative position of earth, sun, 
and moon. So long as these collocations, of which 
no account can be given, are maintained, the uni- 
formities result, and are rationally derivative, from 
the laws of motion and of gravity. We can calculate 
on finding such sequences only where we know by 
direct evidence that the agents on which they depend 
are present and fulfil the requisite conditions. The 

1 "Derivative laws do not depend solely on the ultimate laws into 
which they are resolvable; they mostly depend on those ultimate 
laws, and an ultimate fact ; namely, the mode of coexistence of some 
of the component elements of the universe [§ 94, note]. The ultimate 
laws of causation might be the same as at present, and yet the deriva- 
tive laws completely different, if the causes coexisted in different pro- 
portions, or with any difference in those of their relations by which 
the effects are influenced." — ^Mill, Logic^ p. 867. 



190 ELEMENTS OF INDUCmVE LOGIC 

law that coal lies above red sandstone holds through 
out the earth, but cannot be applied to other planets. 
The quantity and distribution of water on our globe 
cannot be assigned to any other; but the proportion 
of oxygen and hydrogen in water is referable to the 
ascertained universal laws of affinity or chemical com- 
bination, and hence may be safely affirmed wher- 
ever in the universe they unite. The coexistence 
in a definite proportion of oxygen and nitrogen in 
our atmosphere cannot be predicated of any other 
atmosphere ; but their uniform intermixture, wher- 
ever they occur, may be predicated, for the law of the 
diffusion of gases is a universal natural law. 

§ 97. Something needs to be said in this connec- 
tion about explanation. First, let us ask what is 
meant by a mystery, a marvel, a curiosity, an unac- 
countable fact, a strange event, an extraordinary phe- 
nomenon. It means simply an isolated fact, one not 
standing in any known order of things, not referable 
to a class, or a cause, or a law, and hence exciting curi- 
osity and wonder; as the zodiacal light, the aurora 
borealis. Likewise a comet is not referable, perhaps, 
to any narrower class than cosmical body, which refer- 
ence is so far from being satisfactory that we still say 
it is a curious thing. Why is its tail always turned 
from the sun ? The fact is strange, wonderful, unac- 
countable. Familiarity with an isolated fact will abate 
emotion, still an explanation is always acceptable.' 

* " It is a common iUasion to regard phenomena as simple becaase 



NATUBAL LAW 191 

A fact, theu, either particular or general, is said to 
be explained when it is assigned to a well-knowb 
class of things, or when its cause is ascertained, or 
when the law or laws of causation, of which it is an 
instance, are indicated. I pick up a brilliant stone, 
and am told it is a crystal of quartz ; a fire destroys a 
dwelling, because a lamp wa^ overturned ; a balloon 
ascends, for the surrounding air, being heavier, push- 
es it upward, in accord with the law of gravitating 
fluids. These facts are thus explained, at least in 
part. So also a law or uniformity of nature is said 
to be explained when more general laws are pointed 
out of which the law in question is a case, and from 
which it could be deduced, into which it could be re- 
solved. An explanation very often is provisionally 
merely hypothetical, reducible perhaps to theory by 
subsequent proof, but commonly we have to be con- 
tent with a plausible supposition (§§ 80, 81). Ex- 
planation, then, in a philosophical sense, is the refer- 
ence of a fact to its class, cause, or law ; or else the 
resolution of an empirical uniformity into those 
higher laws, real or hypothetical, from which it 
logically results, or the resolving a complex rational 

they are familiar. Very familiar facts seem to stand in no need of 
explanation themselves, and to be the means of explaining whatever 
can be assimilated to them. Thus the boiling and evaporation of a 
liquid is supposed to be a very simple phenomenon requiring no 
explanation, and a satisfactory medium of the explanation of rarer 
phenomena. That water should dry up is, to the uninstructed mind, 
a ining wholly intelligible; whereas, to the man acquainted with 
physical science, the liquid state is anomalous and inexplicable.''— 
Bain, Logicj bk. iii., ch. 12, § 10. 



192 BLBMENTB OF INDUOTIYB LOGIO 

law into the simpler and more general ones from 
which it is capable of being deductively inferred.^ 

Let it be remarked that, after all, explanation is 
merely substituting one mystery for another. It 
does nothing to render the general course of nature 
other than mysterious ; for the highest ambition of 
natural science and its loftiest reach is to attain to 
primordial agents, and to such ultimate laws as are 
incapable of physical explanation, and only more 
mysterious because of their wider comprehension. 
Natural theology with teleology, assuming the su- 
pernatural, carries the explanation still further, but 

* In loose and general expreesion, to account for or explain any- 
thing is to connect it with known things. The connection, real or hy- 
pothetical, is either by similarity or by causation. We bring other 
things to stand under it, and so it becomes understood by means of 
them. The quasi-deflnition a posteriori (§ S8) in most of its forms 
is merely an explanation. Says Lotze : *' To explain means nothing 
more than to show that a definite event is the result of its antecedents 
in accordance with general rules.'* — Grundziiffe der Praktiachen Phi- 
losophies § 20. 

** Scientific explanation and inductive generalization, being the same 
thing, the limits of explanation are the limits of induction. The 
limits to inductive generalization are the limits to the agreement or 
community of facts. . . . Newton seemed unable to acquiesce in 
gravity as an ultimate fact. It was inconceivable to him that mat- 
ter should act upon other matter at a distance, and he therefore 
desired a medium of operation, whereby gravity might be assimilated 
to impact. But this assimilation has hitherto been impracticable; 
if so, gravity is an ultimate fact, and its own sufficing and final ex- 
planation. The acceptance of this is the proper scientific attitude of 
mind. . . . We are utterly ignorant how matter and mind pperate on 
each other. Properly speaking, there is nothing to be known but the 
fact, generalized to the utmost." — Bain, Zoj^u?, bk. iii.,ch. 12, g§ 6, 11. 
See " Psychology," § 122, note. 



NATURAL LAW 193 

with like termination in the great mystery of mys- 
teries.* 

§ 98. Passing now to the class of natural laws 
marked as primary or ultimate, we observe that 
these are called, par excellence^ Laws of Nature, a 
title that in usage is denied to the secondary or 
derivative laws. How shall they be described so as 
to distinguish them within the comprehending class 
of natural laws? First, they are free from the con- 
dition, to which so many derivative laws are sub- 
jected, of a special collocation of primeval agents 
(§ 96). Secondly, they are the fewest and simplest 

' Dr. Whewell, in Nov, Org. Jienov.^ bk. iii., ch. 10, § 7, says, very 
beautifully, of the Supreme Cause : " In the utterance of Science, no 
cadence is heard with which the human mind can feel satisfied. Yet 
we cannot but go on listening for and expecting a satisfactory close. 
The notion of a cadence appears to be essential to our relish of the 
music. The idea of some closing strain seems to lurk among our own 
thoughts, waiting to be articulated in the notes which flow from the 
knowledge of external nature. The idea of something ultimate in 
our philosophical researches, something in which the mind can acqui- 
esce, and which will leave us no further questions to ask, of whence 
and why^ and by what power, seems as if it belonged to us, as if we 
could not have it withheld from us by any imperfection or incomplete- 
ness in the actual performances of science. What is the meaning of 
this conviction ? What is the reality thus anticipated ? Whither does 
the development of this Idea conduct us ? 

" We have already seen that a difficulty of the same kind, which 
arises in the contemplation of causes and effects considered as form- 
ing an historical series, drives us to the assumption of a First Cause, 
as an axiom to which our idea of causation in time necessarily leads. 
And as we were thus guided to a First Cause in order of Succession, 
the same kind of necessity directs us to a Supreme Cause in order of 
Causation." 
13 



194 ELEMENTS OF mDUOnYE LOGIC 

general tmths from which the mnltifarioos nniform- 
ities in nature maj be dedactivelj inferred, or those 
widest inductions which, being granted, will account 
for the existing order of nature. Accordingly, they 
are reckoned as primary or ultimate — that is, original 
and underived. But let us not be misled by these 
expressions to understand that science claims to have 
reached this high ideal. Since we are continually 
discovering that uniformities, previously considered 
ultimate, are derivative, resolvable into more general 
laws, we cannot be sure that any of the recognized 
laws of nature are strictly ultimate, though well as- 
sured that there must be ultimate laws, and that 
every such resolution brings us nearer to them. 
Thus the laws of magnetic agency having been af- 
filiated with the laws of electric action, both have 
ever since been considered as special cases referable 
to more general laws of electricity. 

The three Laws of Motion (§ 18 n.) may be cited 
as notable examples of laws of nature, their great 
simplicity and wide comprehension rendering a fur- 
ther reduction hardly possible. This high rank is 
sustained by a special characteristic which is worthy 
of remark. Whatever may have been the actual 
logical process by which their discoverer evolved 
them (§ 72), now that we have them they are seen to 
be true a priori. As soon as their terms are clearly 
understood, they are accepted as necessarily and uni- 
versally true. They approach very nearly the char- 
acter of formal laws (§ 91). Although not entirely 
pure, not wholly free from empirical matter, yet 



ITATtmAL LAW 195 

they are so highly abstract that they deal rather 
with mathematical ideas than with mechanical facts. 
Like the simpler theorems of geometry, they are so 
directly dedncible from pure axioms, combined with 
the simple empirical facts of motion, change, and 
force, that even a priori proof is needless, and they 
are posited as the axioms of mechanics. Though 
not strictly self-evident, they are evidently and ab- 
solutely true, which means,- not merely that no ex- 
ception is possible, but also that no exception is 
conceivable. This puts them above the plane of in- 
ductive truth, whose highest reach is empirical cer- 
tainty.^ 

The most illustrious example of a law of nature 
is the Law of Universal Gravitation, the culmination 
of Newton's research (§§ 79, 89). Its statement is : 
Every body of matter in the universe tends tow- 
ards every other with a force that is directly as its 
mass, and inversely as the square of the distance. 
Consider for a moment the great number and variety 
of special uniformities, both particular cases and con- 
sequences, which are accounted for by this very sim- 
ple and universal law of nature. The single fact of 
a tendency of every particle towards every other, 
varying inversely as the distance squared, explains 
the fall of bodies to the ground, the revolutions of 



* See §§ 7, 45. Newton's own title for these laws is Axiomata Hm 
Leges MotiU. The laws of motion and the moral law (§ 92) are 
strikingly similar in respect of this characteristio — ^that both may be 
inductively evolved, and both are intuitively true. 



Idd JBLBMENTS Ot iKDtJGTlTE LOGIC 

the planets and their satellites, the naotion of comets, 
and all the varions regnlarities that have been ob- 
served in these special phenomena, such as the ellip- 
tical orbits, and the variations from exact ellipses 
known as perturbations, the relation between the 
solar distances of the planets and the periodic times 
of their revolutions, the precession of the equinoxes, 
the tidal motions, and a vast number of minor as- 
tronomical and terrestrial truths. 

The discovery of the universal Laws of Energy 
marks an important epoch in modern science.' It ac- 
complished not only a unification of many branches 
of physics previously regarded as distinct, but also 

• See § 17. The following are the Laws of Energy: 
L Transfer of Energt. — Energy may be transferred from one 
body to another, but only by work done between them and to the ex- 
tent of the work done. 

II. Transformation of Enerot. — Energy may be transformed (with 
or without transfer) from kinetic to potential or from potential to 
kinetic, or from some variety of one to a different variety of either, 
but only by work and to the extent of the work done. 

III. Degradation of Enerot. — The quantity of energy that in any 
operation takes the form of heat, is said to be dissipated. This law 
is often called the law of dissipation of energy. 

IV. Conservation of Energy. — In any system or collection of 
bodies, the sum total of energy is not altered by the transfers and 
transformations taking place between the members of the system 
themselves. That sum total can be altered only by exchanges be- 
tween these members and other bodies not belonging to the system. 
Energy is not altered in amount by transfer or transformation. The 
mutual actions of natural bodies neither create nor destroy energy. 
What one body gains, some other body loses. 

This statement of the Laws of Energy is taken from Outlines of 
Physics (part ii., S5§ 21, 23, 80, 81), by Professor F. H. Smith, LL.D., 
of the University of Virginia. 



KATUBAL LAW 197 

has explained for the first time a mnltitnde of spe- 
cial phenomena in each branch, and by prediction 
has led to lines of new research resulting in many 
brilliant discoveries. 

The Laws of Chemical Combination, from which 
the whole science of chemistry is derived, are very 
simple and very wide generalizations, which, being 
regarded provisionally as nltimate, rank as laws of 
nature.^ 

§ 99. The great object of the scientist is to obtain 
by rigid induction the laws of natnre, and to follow 
them by rigid deduction to their consequences. A 
science at first wholly inductive becomes, as soon as 
a law has been proved, more or less deductive, and 
as it progresses, rising to higher and wider but fewer 
inductions, the deductive processes increase in num- 
ber and importance, until it is no longer properly 

1 The Laws of Chemical Combination are as follow : 

I. Definttk Proportions. — In every chemical compound the natare 
and the proportions of its constituent elements are fixed, definite, and 
invariable. 

II. MuLTiPLK Proportions. — If two elements, A and J9, unite to- 
gether in more proportions than one, on comparing together quanti- 
ties of the different compounds, each of which contains the same 
amount of A^ the quantities of B will bear a very simple relation tc 
each other. 

in. Equivalent Proportions. — Each elementary substance, in com- 
bining with other elements, or in displacing others from their combi- 
nations, does so in a fixed proportion, which may be represented nu- 
merically. 

These laws are taken from Miller's Elements of Chemiatryy part L, 
Chemical Physics, §§ 9, 10, 11. 



108 gr.KMKiyrtt of isductdtk logic 

an indnctivey bat a deductive aeisice. Tkus hydro- 
staticSy acodsticsy optics^ and eleetricitj^ commonlj 
called inductive sciences^ have passed under the do- 
minion of mathematics, and mechanics in general 
has a like history (§ 73). Celestial mechanics as 
founded in the '^ Principia " of N^ewton is mainly in- 
ductive, as elaborated in the ^ M^canique C^este'' of 
Laplace is mainly deductive. By pursuing this lat- 
ter process it has multiplied its matter, and reached 
its present high perfection. A revolution is quiet- 
ly prc^ressing in all the natural sciences. Bacon 
changed their method from deductive to inductive, 
and it is now rapidly reverting from inductive to de- 
ductive. The task of logic is to explicate and regu- 
late these methods.^ 

' Bacon, in Diairiifutio OperiZy 6th psngrsph^ mnd in Nov, Org.j 
Ilk, L, aph. 11 aq., s|)eaks disparaginglj of the sjUogkm. The chief 
aim of his huioMroiHo is to forbid the mihOy nsnal in prerioiis adence, 
from a simple enamerati<Hi of partieulars at once to the widest gener- 
alities, and to require a graduated procedoie. In aph. 19, he says : 
" There are and can be bat two ways of inrestigating and discover- 
ing truth. The one hnrries on rapidly from the senses and particu- 
lars to the most general laws ; and from them as principles and their 
supposed indisputable tmth deriTos and discovers the intermediate 
laws [axiomata media]. The other constructs its laws from the 
senses and particulars by ascending continuously and gradually till 
it finally arrives at the most general laws, which is the true but un- 
attempted way." In aph. 22, he adds : " Each of these two ways be- 
gins from the senses and particulars, and ends in the greatest gener- 
alities. But they are immensely different ; for the one merely touches 
cursorily on particulars and experiment, whilst the other runs duly 
and regularly through them ; the one, from the very outset, lays down 
some abstract and useless generalities, the other gradually rises to 
such as are naturally better fitted to be the object of knowledge." 
Of. aph. 104, and see the quotation in our § 40, note. 



NATURAL LAW 199 

§ 100. Unity, says Plato, is the end of philosophy. 
It is a fair question whether the laws of nature may 
not, in the advance of knowledge, be resolved into 
some one all-comprehensive law, thus attaining the 
philosophical ideal. In considering this, let it be 
observed that all scientific investigation of natural 
facts and laws is in order to obtain a philosophical 
explanation of phenomena. Now, a phenomenon is 
that which appears to an observer (§ 33). The word, 
therefore, is a relative term, the name of a relation 
between a natural fact and a percipient intelligence. 
It follows that phenomena may be ultimately reduci- 
ble to as many kinds as there are kinds of sense-per- 
ception, but that they cannot be reduced to any 
fewer kinds than the number of sense-perceptions 
that are distinct or irreducible to one another. There- 
fore, the ultimate laws of nature are necessarily as 



The limitations of haman knowledge and power are indicated 
in aphorisms 1-10. These the closing passage of Dist. Op. antici- 
pates, saying: "Man, the minister and interpreter of nature, does 
and understands as much aa he has obsenred of the order, operation, 
and mind of nature, and neither knows nor is able to do more. Neither 
is it possible for any power to loosen or burst the chain of causes, nor 
is nature to be overcome except by submission. Therefore these two 
objects, human knowledge and power, are really the same ; and failure 
in action chiefly arises from the ignorance of causes. For everything 
depends on our fixing the mind^s eye steadily in order to receive 
their images exactly as they exist, and may God never permit us to 
give out the dream of our fancy as a model of the world, but rather 
in his kindness vouchsafe to us the means of writing a revelation and 
true vision of the traces and stamps of the Creator on his creatures.*' 
Then follows a Prayer which the present writer humbly makes his 
own. 



^\>0 ELEMENTS OF INDUCTIVE LOGIC 

mMi\ at least as the distinct kinds of perception, and 
c«ui «0ver be reduced to one comprehensive law. 

In iUustration of this we note that the perception 
v>f color is radically distinct from the perception of 
douud. True, they are strikingly similar in several 
iv^pects, especially in their causes, both being pro- 
duotxl by molecular vibration. But this reduction is 
only apparent, for these causes, as well as their laws, 
ij^re themselves irreducibly distinct. Hence there 
must always be a law connecting molecular motion 
with color, and another law connecting molecular 
u)otion with sound. Moreover, color and sound are 
effects intrinsically and essentially unlike, and since 
unlike effects have unlike causes (§ 23), these phe- 
nomena can never be referred to causes strictly 
alike, or to a common cause or law. Heat, light 
and electrical energy are interchangeable forms, but 
essentially distinct in their laws, because their sev- 
eral phenomena are presented to distinct modes of 
perception. The great generalizations of force pro- 
ducing molar motion, as the laws of motion and 
gravity, are all referable ultimately to muscular 
sense-perception, which stands distinctly and irre- 
ducibly apart from the phenomena of the other 
senses. Thus it is that the ultimate laws of nature 
cannot be less numerous than the ultimate powers of 
perception. 



INDEX 



{7%e number refers to the page.) 



Accidents, induction only of, 9. 
Agent and patient, 26 n. 
Agreement, canon of, 117. 

— imperfections of, 122. 

— yields probability, 124. 
-^ double method of, 126. 
Analogy defined, 62, 69. 

— canon of, 69. 

— justification of, 71. 

— scientific value of, 73. 
Analysis of the notion law, 177. 
Analytic forms distinguished, 8. 
Antecedents and consequents, 24. 

— distribution of, 57 n., 121. 
Approximate generalization,8 1,96. 
Argyll on law of nature, 182 n. 
Aristotle's view of induction, 6 n. 

— four causes, 28 n. 

— formula of induction, 44. 

— view of analogy, 68. 

— of induction vs. deduction, 142. 
Axiom of change, 29. 

— of uniformity, first, 81. 

— of uniformity, second, 86. 

— of sufficient reason, 86. 
Axioms, their origin, 80. 

— MilPs view criticised, 81 n.,67 n. 

Bacon on induction, 6 n. 

— on enumeration, 62, 67 n. 

— on elimination, 104 n. 

— his Organon, 142 n., 198 n. 

— OIL crucial instances, 168 n. 

— axiomata mediay 182 n., 198 n. 

— on modes of research, 198 n. 

— knowledge and power, 199 n. 



Bain, definition of induction, 7 n. 

— on Butler's view, 181 n. 

— on familiarity, 190 n. 

— on explanation, 192 n. 
Butler, analogical argument, 74. 

— on probability, 78. 

— criticised by Bain, 181 n. 

Canon of enumeration of cases, 63. 

— of analogy, 69. 

— of probability, 89. 

— of perfect induction, 108. 

— of difference, 106. 

— of residue, 118. 

— of agreement, 117. 

— of double agreement, 126. 

— of concomitant variations, 131. 

— of deduction, direct, 160. 
Causation, definition of, 28. 

— intuitional view of, 80. 

— empirical view of, 81 n. 

— canons of, 103, 106 n. 
Cause, investigation of, 19. 

— its general meaning, 22. 

— various kinds of, 28 n. 

— definition of, 27. 

— preventive, 26, 81, 109 n. 

— vs. law, 181. 

— the Supreme,Whewell on, 198 a 
Causes, plurality of, maxim, 37. 
Certainty, strict, 76. 

— empirical, 77, 83 n. 
Chance, its meanings, 29, 82. 

— defined ; the problem of, 84. 

— Laplace's rule, 86. 

— first rule of, 86. 



202 



IND£X 



Chance, second rule of, 87. 

— canon for distinguishing, 89. 
Coexistence, phenomena of, 64. 

— laws of, 183. 

— of collocations, 184 n., 189. 
Colligation, 16, 17. 
Collocations, 184 n., 189. 
Composition of causes, 147, 149. 
Comte on use of hypothesis, 162 n. 
Concomitant variations, ISO. 

— canon of, 131. 

— illustrations of, 182. 

— quantitative value, 136, 187. 
Condition, causal, 24, 121. 
Crucial instances, 168. 

Darwin's hypothesis, 1 66. 
Deduction distinguished, 6. 

— its relation to induction, 141. 

— authorities quoted on, 142 n. 

— related to discovery, 144. 

— direct method of, 150. 

— canon of, 160. 

— three stages of, 151. 

— Newton's use of, 163. 

— indirect method of, 160. 

— three stages of, 161. 

— conditions of proof, 171. 

— Newton's use of, 174. 
Definition of logic, 1. 

— of inference, 4. 

— of induction, 6, 7 n. 

— of cause and of effect, 27. 

— of causation, 28. 

— of phenomenon, 64. 

— of observation, 56. 

— of analogy, 62, 69. 

— of hypothesis, 162. 

— of law, 177. 

Descartes, laws of refraction, 1 86 n. 
Development hypothesis, 166. 

— Mill quoted on, 166 n. 

— Spencer quoted on, 167 n. 
Dew, Wells's theory of, 21, 128. 
Difference, canon of, 106. 

— applications of, 107. 

— proof of hypothesis, 173, 176. 
Discovery by deduction, 144. 
Distribution of natural law, 182. 
Double agreement, canon of, 126. 



Double agreement, 127, 128. 

Effect, definition of, 27. 
Effects, plurality of, maxim, 84. 

— heterogeneous, 146. 

— homogeneous, 147. 

Efficient cause distinguished, 23 n. 
Elimination, 26, 67, 92, 117, 121. 

— Bacon on, 104 n. 
Empirical truth, 10. 

— view of causation, 31 n. 

— certainty, 77, 83 n. 

— laws of coexistence, 188. 

— laws of succession, 186. 

— laws becoming rational, 188. 
Empiricism of Mill, 81 n., 67 n. 

— of medical science, 186. 
Energy, conservation of, 28, 196 n. 
Enumeration, divided, 62. 

— of cases, canon of, 68. 

— value of, 66. 

— Mill and Bacon on, 67 n. 

— radical defect of, 102. 

— of marks, canon of, 69. 

— value of, 78. 

Exceptions, 14, 80, 91, 96, 168. 
Experience, inference from, 10, 64. 
Experimental observation, 66, 107. 
Explanation, philosophical, 190. 

Familiarity vs. explanation, 190 n. 
Force and energy, 27. 
Formal character of logic, 1. 

— of law, 178. 

Forms, function of, 60, 107 n. 

Generalization of induction, 6. 

— from experience, 10. 

— beyond experience, 14, 

— within experience, 16. 

— approximate, 81, 96. 
Gravitation, universal, 176, 196. 

Hamilton on induction, 6 n. 

— on syllogistic form of, 46. 

— on iuductionvjt. deduction, 148n. 
Hazard, 16, 66, 73, 80, 94, 102, 189. 
Herschel, on research, 106 n. 

— on hazard of induction, 139 n. 

— on induction vx. deduction, 142ii. 



INDEX 



203 



Heterogeneoas effects, 146. 
Homogeneous effects, 147. 
Hooker on obedience to law, 180 n. 
Hypothesis, common use o^ 156. 

— Mill quoted on, 157 n. 

— formal use of, 160. 

— definition of, 162. 

— of a vera eauia^ 163. 

— of a vera lez, 166. 

— of an ether, 164, 169, 171. 

— of gases, kinetic, 165. 

— of origin of species, 166. 

— proof of, two steps, 171. 

— of germs in disease, 178, 186. 

Identification, 17, 146. 
Imperfect induction, 46, 66, 102. 
Induction a generalization, 6. 

— definitions of, 6, 7 n. 

— a synthetic process, 7. 

— of accidents only, 9. 

— exceptions, 14, 80, 91, 96, 168. 

— perfect, 16, 46, 66 n., 102. 

— preparation for, 20, 111, 121. 

— principles of, 29. . 

— time not an element in, 42 n. 

— an immediate inference, 43, 61. 

— Aristotle's formula of, 44. 

— Hamilton's syllogism, 46. 

— Whately's and Mill's, 47. 

— by enumeration, canon of, 63. 

— by analogy, canon of, 69. 

— perfect, general canon of, 103. 

— quantitative, limits of, 138. 

— V8. deduction, 142. 

— of universal gravitation, 176. 
Inductive logic formal, 1. 

— sciences vs. deductive, 197. 
Inference defined, 4. 

— a priori and a posterioriy 12 n. 

— inductive, immediate, 43, 61. 
Ifutantia cruciSy 168. 
Intermixture of effects, 147, 149. 
Intuitional view of causation, 30. 
Intuitions, pure, distinguished, 11. 

Kepler's laws, 18 n., 167, 174, 189. 
Kinetic hypothesis of gases, 166. 

Laplace on chance, 86. 



Laplace's rale for probability, 124. 
Law, definition of, 177, 178 n. 

— formal and material, 178. 

— moral and natural, 179, 182. 

— misconceptions of, 180. 

— derivative, 182, 185. 

— empirical, 183, 186. 

— rational, 187. 
Laws of causation, 29. 

— of motion, 31 n., 194. 

— of light, 186 n. 

— of liquid pressure, 188. 

— of nature, 193. 

— examples of, 194. 

— ultimate number of, 199. 
Leibnitz on aufficient reason, 86 n. 
Limitations of the methods, 120. 

— of quantitative induction, 188. 

— of knowledge and power, 199 n. 

— of natural law, 199. 
Logic, definition of, 1. 

— formal in both branches, 1. 

— material vs. formal, 2 n. 

— sole province of, 8. 
Lotze on explanation, 192 n. 

Mathematics, deductive, 18 n. 

— applied to probabilities, 98. 

— to concomitant variations, 136. 

— inductions from, 138. 

— in the deductive method, 162. 
Metaphor vs. analogy, 68. 
Method of difference, 104, 106. 

— of residue, 112. 

— of agreement, 104, 116. 

— of double agreement, 126. 

— of concomitant variations, 130. 

— of deduction, 160. 

Mill, material view of logic, 2 n. 

— on induction vs. deduction, 6 n. 

— definition of induction, 7 u. 

— definition of cause, 27 n. 

— empirical views of, 31 n., 67 n. 

— inductive syllogism, 47 n. 

— view of enumeration, 67 n. 

— quoted on probability, 79, 95 n. 

— canons of research, 106 n. 

— on Darwm's hypothesis, 166 a 

— induction vs. deduction, 143 n. 

— on law and cause, 182 n. 



204 



INDEX 



Mill on derivative laws, 189 n. 
Montesquieu, law defined, 178 n. 

— on obedience to law, 181 n. 
Moral certainty, 77, 83 n. 

Natural law vs. moral law, 179. 

— distribution of, 182. 
Nature, laws of, 198. 

— of motion, 81 n., 194. 

— of gravitation, 196. 

— of energy, 196. 

— of chemical combination, 197. 

— number of, ultimate, 199. 
Neptune, discovery of, 20. 
Newton's laws of motion, 81 n., 194. 

— rules for philosophizing, 86 n. 

— deductive method, 154. 

— doctrine of vera cauaay 163 n. 

— hypothetical method, 174. 

— hypothesis of light, 168. 

— law of gravitation, 175, 195. 

Observation, definition of, 65. 

— simple, applications, 67, 107. 

— experimental, 69, 109. 
Order, logical vs. historical, 168 n. 
Organum, as a title, 142 n. 

Parcimony, law of, 86 n. 
Pascal's law of pressure, 188. 
Perfect induction, 16, 45,66 n., 102. 
Phenomenon, definition of, 64. 

— of coexistence, 64, 188. 

— of succession, 66, 186. 
Philosophizing, rules for, 86 n. 
Physical certainty, 77, 88 n. 
Plurality of effects, 34, 128. 

— of causes, 87, 122. 
Prediction, power of, 170. 
Preventive cause, 25, 81, 109 n. 
Primeval agents, 184 n., 189. 
Probability, canon of, 89. 

— indefinite valuation of, 94. 

— numerical valuation of, 98. 

— based on statistics, 100. 

— Laplace's rule for, 124. 



Proof of an hypothesis, 171. 
Pure logic divided, 1. 

— intuitions distinguished, 1 1. 

— mathematics, deductive, 18 n. 

Quantitative inductions, 188. 

Rational law, 182, 187. 
Residue, method of, 112. 

— canon of, 118. 

— applications of, 114. 
Rules for philosophizing, 86 n. 

Sciences, quantitative, 185. 

— becoming deductive, 197. 
Spencer on evolution, 167 n. 
Statistics, application of, 100. 
SufiScient reason, axiom of, 85. 
Syllogism of induction, 44. 

— Hamilton's, 46. 

— Whately's and Mill's, 47. 

— objections to, 48. 
Synthesis of induction, 7. 

Theory vs. hypothesis, 165 n. 

— how established, 171. 

Uniformity of nature, 89. 

— of coexistence, 54, 188. 

— of succession, 65, 186. 

Variations, concomitant, 180. 

— canon of, 181. 

— illustrations of, 182. 

— quantitative estimates, 187. 
Venn on Mill, 2 n., 27 n., 88 n. 
Vera causa and lez^ 168, 165. 
Verification, 146, 162. 

— special function of, 169. 

— predictions not proof, 170. 

Wells, research on dew, 21, 128l 
Whately, induction defined, 6 n. 

— inductive syllogism, 47. 
Whewell on induction, 6 n. 

— on Supreme Cause, 198 n. 



FINIS 



BOWNE'S THEISM 

BY BORDEN P. BOWNE 

Prafeaaor of Philoaophy in Boston University 
FOR COLLEGES AND THEOLOGICAL SCHOOLS 

PRJCE, S1.73 

THIS BOOK is a revision and extension of the author's 
previous work, " Philosophy of Theism." In the 
present volume the arguments, especially from episte- 
mology and metaphysics, receive fuller treatment. The work 
has been largely rewritten, and about half as much additional 
new matter has been included. 

The author, however, still adheres to his original plan of 
giving the essential arguments, so that the reader may discern 
their true nature and be enabled to estimate their rational 
value. He does this from the conviction that the important 
thing in theistic discussion is not to make bulky collections of 
striking facts and eloquent illustrations, nor to produce learned 
catalogues of theistic writers and their works, but to clear up 
the logical principles Which underlie the subject. From this 
point of -view the work might rightly be called the *• Logic of 
Theism." 

Special attention is given to the fact that atheistic argu- 
ment is properly no argument at all, but a set of illusions which 
inevitably spring up on the plane of sense-thought, and acquire 
plausibility with the uncritical. The author seeks to lay bare 
the root of these fallacies and to expose them in their base- 
lessness. In addition, the practical and vital nature of the 
theistic argument is emphasized, and it is shown to be not 
merely nor mainly a matter of syllogistic and academic 
inference, but one of life, action, and history. 



Copies sentt prepaid, on receipt of price 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS 
NEW YORK • CINCINNATI • CHICAr 

(i9S) 



Scientific Memoir Series 

Edtted by JOSEPH S. AUES, Ph.D. 
JtAaa Hopkins Unirenitj 



The Frae Expansion of Ga«M. Memoirs bf Gay-Lnssac. Jook, 

and Jonle and Thomson, Edited by Dr. J. S. Ames . , $0.75 
Primiatic and Olffraclion Spectra. Memmrs b^ Joseph nm 

Frannliofer. Edited by Dr. J, S, Amks GO 

Rontgen Rayi. Hemoiisby R6nt(ren. Stokes, and J. J. Tbomson. 

Edited by Dr. George F. Babkbk .60 

The Modern Theoiy of Solution. Memoirs by Pfeffer.Van't HoS, 

Airhenins, and Raonlt. Edited by Dr. H. C. Jones . .1.00 
The Laws of Gases. MemCurs by Boyle and Amagat. Edited by 

Dr. Cabl Baeus 73 

The Second Law of Thermodynamics. Memoiis by Camot, 

CUnsiiis, and Tbonisoii. Edited t^ Dr. W. F. Magie . 30 
The Fundamental Laws of Electrolytic Conduction. Memoirs by 

Faraday, Hittorf, and Kohlrausch. Edited by Dr. H. M. 

Goodwin .73 

The Effects of a Ma£netic Field on Radiation. Memoirs by 

Faraday, Kerr, and Zecman. Edited by Dr. E. P. Lewis . .79 
The Laws of Gravitation. Memoirs by Newton, Bongner, and 

CaTendish. Edited by Dr. A. S. Mackenzie . . .1.00 
TheWava Theory of Light, Memoirs by Hoygeos, Yonn^, and 

FresneL Edited by Dr. Henky CHEW .... 1.00 
The Discovery of Induced Electric Currants. Vol. I. Memi^rs 

by Joseph Henry. Edited by Dr. J. S. Auks ... .73 
The Discovery of Induced Electric Currents. Vol. II. Memoiis 

by Michael Faraday. Edited by Dr. J. S. Ames ... .75 
Stereochemistry. Memoirs by Pasteor, Le Bel, and Van't Hoff, 

together with selections from later memoirs by 'Wislicenns 

and others. Edited by Dr. G. M. Richardson . . . 1.00 
The Expansion of Gases. Memoirs by Gay-Lussac Euid Regnanh, 

Edited by Prof. W. W. Randaxj, 1.00 

Radiation and Absorption. Memoirs by Fr^rost, Balfour Stewart, 
" ~ ind Kirchhoff and Bnnsen. Edited by Dr. 

Bracb 1.00 



(, prefaid, fa any addras on rtteift ef the price. 

American Book Company 

• Cincinnati • Chici^ 



Standard Text-Books in Physics 



ROWLAND AND AMES'S ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS 

By Henry A. Rowland, Ph.D., LL.D., and Joseph 
S. Ames, Ph.D., Professors of Physics in Johns 
Hopkins University. 

Cloth, 12mo, 275 pages Price, $1.00 

This is designed to meet the requirements of high 
schools and normal schools, and is simple but logical and 
direct, being divided into two parts — the first treating of 
the theory of the subject, and the second containing 
suggestions to teachers. 

AMES'S THEORY OF PHYSICS ' 

By Joseph S. Ames, Ph.D. 

Cloth, 8vo. 531 pages Price, $1.60 

In this text-book, for advanced classes, the aim has 
been to furnish a concise and logical statement of the 
fundamental experiments on which the science of Physics 
is based, and to correlate these experiments with modem 
theories, and methods. 

AMES AND BLISS'S MANUAL OF EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICS 

By Joseph S. Ames, Ph.D., Professor of Physics, and 
William J. A. Bliss, Ph.D., Associate in Physics, in 
Johns Hopkins University. 

Cloth, 8vo, 560 pages Price, $1.80 

A course of laboratory instruction for advanced classes, 
embodying the most improved methods of demonstration 
from a modern standpoint, with numerous questions and 
suggestions as to the value and bearing of the experiments. 



Copies sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of price by the Publishers: 

Annerican Book Company 

New York • Cincinnati • CMcigo 



HIGHER MATHEMATICS 



Church's Elements of Descriptive Geometry (2 vols.) $2.50 

By Albert E. Church, LL.D., Professor of Mathematics, 
United States Military Academy. Two voltmies — Text: 
Cloth, 8vo, 214 pp. Plates: 4to, 28 plates. 

McMahon and Snyder's Differential Calculus $2.00 

By James McMahon, A.M., Assistant Professor of Mathe- 
matics, Cornell University, and Virgil Snyder, Ph.D., 
Instructor in Mathematics, Cornell University. Cloth, Svo, 
351 pp. 

Murray's Integral Calculus $2.00 

By Daniel Alexander Murray, Ph.D., Instructor in 
Mathematics, Cornell University; formerly Scholar and 
Fellow of Johns Hopkins University. Cloth, Svo, 302 pp. 

Snyder and Hutchinson's Differential and Integral Calculus $2 . 00 

By'ViRGiL Snyder, Ph.D.. and John Irwin Hutchinson, 
Ph.D., of Cornell University. Cloth, Svo, 320 pp. 

Tanner and Allen's Analjrtic Geometry $2.00 

By J. H. Tanner, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathe- 
matics, Cornell University, and Joseph Allen, A.M., 
formerly Instructor in Mathematics, Cornell University; 
Instructor in the College of the City of New York. Cloth, 
Svo, 410 pp. 

Raymond's Plane Surveying $3.00 

With tables. By William G. Raymond, C.E., Professor 
of Geodesy, Road Engineering and Topographical Drawing, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Cloth, Svo, 486 pp., 
with plates. 

Richards's Elementary Navigation and Nautical Astron- 
omy So. 75 

By Eugene L. Richards, M.A., Professor of Mathematics, 
Yale University. Cloth, 12mo, 173 pp., with illustrations 
and diagrams. 

Smith's Elementary Calculus $1.25 

By Percey F. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics, 
Sheffield Scientific School of Yale University, Cloth, 
12mo, S9 pp. 

For complete illustrated descriptive catalogue of Mathematicai 
PublicationSy ivriie to the publisbens 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO 

BOSTON ATLANTA DALLAS SAN FRANCISCO 

■:74] 



FOR THE STUDY OF METEOROLOGY 

Waldo's Elementary Meteorology, $1.50 

By frank WALDO, Ph.D. 
LaU Junior Professor in ths United States Signal Service 

THIS book embodies the latest phases of the science, and 
applies the most approved methods in teaching them. The 
treatment, as far as practicable, is inductive. The style is 
simple, concise, and clear. The fact that meteorology is largely 
an observational study is kept constantly in mind. The 
student is introduced to rational methods of investigation and 
taught to observe weather conditions, to account intelligently 
for successive changes in the same, and to make intelligent 
predictions for himself. Special chapters are devoted to the 
meteorology of the United States, in which the work of the 
Weather Bureau is clearly explained. The charts and illus- 
trations are an important feature. 



Price's Observations and Exercises 

on the Weather $0.30 

By JAMES A. PRICE, A. M. 

Inetruetar in Physiography in Fort Wayne High School^ 

Fort Wayne, Ind. 

THIS laboratory manual is intended to supplement the reci- 
tation work in physical geography and meteorology in sec- 
ondary schools. It consists of a blank weather record covering 
forty days, to be filled in by the pupil for his own observations of 
the thermometer, barometer, hygrometer, weather gauge, clouds, 
winds, etc. Following these tables is a series of ingeniously 
devised exercises whereby the pupil, from the observation and 
study of his weather record, is led to deduce many of the general 
principles of meteorology. The instruments necessary for the 
observations are few and inexpensive. 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

NEW YOEK CINCINNATI CHICAGO 

["3] 



GENE RAL HI STORY 

CoOijr's Oatliaes of Gcnetal Histoiy ..;.... f 1.50 

Bt FsAXK MoOR£ COLBTy M^ 

This General History possesses certain features and advan- 
tages which distinguish it from all other text-books of its class. 
It gives in brief compass a comprehensive outline of the history 
of the whole world, but a larger proportional space is given to 
mediaeval and modem history than in most other text-books, 
in recognition of the relation of these later periods to the present 
status of the world's history. Written in a fascinating style, 
it is not a mere collection of dates and names, but a vivid 
picture of the progress of civilization. 

Fisher's Brief Histoij of the Natioiis f z«50 

By George Pask Fisher, LL.D. 
This is an entirely new work, especially prepared to meet 
the needs of high school students and general readers. It 
presents in compact form a graphic and impressive delineation 
of the world's progress in civilization from the earliest historical 
period down to the present time. It is by far the most attractive, 
imp>artial, and trustworthy text-book on the subject ever written. 

Fisher'sOntlinesofUniverssl Histoiy, Revised . . . f2^o 

By George Park Fisher, LL.D. 

Abo pablislKd in three parts, price Sxjoo each. I^rt I, Anrimf History. Part I 
Mediaeval History. Put III, Modem History. 

A new and revised edition of this standard work. Soon 
after the publication of the first edition of this history the 
author was honored by the University of Edinburgh witii the 
degree of Doctor of Laws, in recognition of his services in the 
cause of historical research. In this edition the book is brought 
fuUy up to date in all particulars. 

Barnes's Brief General Histcny of the World .... f z.6o 
By J. DoRMAN Steele and Esther B. Steele 
A complete history of ancient, mediaeval, and modem 
peoples, as interesting to the general reader as it is valuable 
as a text-book. Whether considered for its choice of material, 
its teaching quality, its charm of style, or its richness of illus- 
tration, this book stands pre€minent as a manual for the class- 
room or for the general reader. It is one of the best-known 
and most widely used text-books on the subject. 

Swinton's Outlines of the World's Histoiy, ReYised . . f x.44 

By W1LLLA.M SwiNTON 
This is a work on ancient, mediaeval, and modem history, 
with special reference to the history of civilization and the 
progress of mankind. Its use will stimtdate the student to 
wider historical reading and research. 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO 

[nil 



Biology and Zoology 



DODGE'S INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PRACTICAL 
BIOLOGY 

A Laboratory Guide for High School and College Students. 
By Charles Wright Dodge, M.S., Professor of Biology 
in the University of Rochester $1 .80 

This is a manual for laboratory work rather than a 
text-book of instruction. It is intended to develop in the 
student the power of independent investigation and to 
teach him to observe correctly, to draw proper conclusions 
from the facts observed, to express in writing or by means 
of drawings the results obtained. The work consists 
essentially of a series of questions and experiments on 
the structure and physiology of common animals and 
plants typical of their kind — questions which can be 
answered only by actual investigation or by experiment. 
Directions are given for the collection of specimens, for 
their preservation, and for preparing them for examination; 
also for performing simple physiological experiments. 

ORTON'S COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. STRUCTURAL AND 
SYSTEMATIC 

By James Orton, A.M., Ph.D., late Professor of Natural 
History in Vassar College. New Edition revised by 
Charles Wright Dodge, M.S., Professor of Biology in 
the University of Rochester $1.80 

This work is designed primarily as a manual of 
instruction for use in higher schools and colleges. It 
aims to present clearly the latest established facts and 
principles of the science. Its distinctive character con- 
sists in the treatment of the whole animal kingdom as a 
unit and in the comparative study of the development and 
variations of the different species, their organs, functions, 
etc. The book has been thoroughly revised in the light 
of the most recent phases of the science, and adapted to 
the laboratory as well as to the literary method of teaching. 



Copies of either of the above books will be sent^ prepaid^ to any address 

on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York - • Cincinnati •« Chicago 

(167) 



Seeley's History of Education 

By Dr. LEVI SEELEY 
Professor of Pedagogy, Sute Normal School, Trenton, N. J. 

Cloth, 12mo, 350 pages. Price, $1.25 

Nearly 400,000 active teachers in the United States 
are required to pass an examination in the History of 
Education. Normal schools, and colleges with pedagog- 
ical departments lay particular stress upon this subject 
and the Superintendents of Education in most states, 
counties, and cities, now expect their teachers to possess 
a knowledge of it. 

This book is not based on theory, but is the practical 
outgrowth of Dr. Seeley's own class-work after years of 
trial. It is therefore a working book, plain, comprehen- 
sive, accurate, and sufficient in itself to furnish all the 
material on the subject required by any examining board, 
or that may be demanded in a normal or college course. 

It arranges the material in such a manner as to appeal 
to the student and assist him to grasp and remember 
the subject. 

It gives a concise summary of each system discussed, 
pointing out the most important lessons. 

It lays stress upon the development of education, 
showing the steps of progress from one period to another. 

It begins the study of each educational system or 
period with an examination of the environment of the 
people, their history, geography, home conditions, etc. 

It gives a biographical sketch of the leading educators, 
and their systems of pedagogy, including those of Horace 
Mann and Herbart. 

It treats of the systems of education of Germany, 
France, England, and the United States, — ^bringing the 
study of education down to the present time. 

It furnishes the literature of each subject and gives an 
extensive general bibliography for reference. 



Copies of SeeUys History of Education will be sent, prepaid, to any 
address on receipt of the price by the Publishers : 



American Book Company 



NewYoric • Cincinnati « Chicago 

(90a) 



Latin Dictionaries 



HARPER'S LATIN DICTIONARY 

Founded on the translation of ** Freand's Latin-German Lexicon.** 
Edited by £. A. Andrews, LL.D. Revised, Enlarged, and in great 
part Rewritten by Chaklton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles 
Short, LL.D. 
Royal Octavo, 2030 pages . Sheep, $6.50 ; Full Russia, $10.00 

The translation of Dr. Freund's great Latin-German Lexicon, 
edited by the late Dr. E. A. Andrews, and published in 1850, has been 
from that time in extensive and satisfactory use throughout England and 
America. Meanwhile great advances have been made in the science on 
which lexicography depends. The present work embodies the latest 
advances in philological study and research, and is in every respect the 
most complete and satisfactory Latin Dictionary published. 

LEWIS'S LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS 

By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 

Large Octavo, 1200 pages . Cloth, $4 50 ; Half Leather, $5.00 

This dictionary is not an abridgment, but an entirely new and inde- 
pendent work, designed to include all of the student's needs, after 
acquiring the elements of grammar, for the interpretation of the Latin 
authors commonly read in school. 

LEWIS'S ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY 

By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 

Crown Octavo, 952 pages. Half Leather . • • . $2.00 

This work is sufficiently full to meet the needs of students in 
secondary or preparatory schools, and also in the first and second years' 
work in colleges. 

SMITH'S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY 

A Complete and Critical English-Latin Dictionary. By William 
Smith, LL.D., and Theophilus D. Hall, M.A., Fellow of Uni- 
versity College, London. With a Dictionary of Proper Names. 
Royal Octavo, 765 pages. Sheep $4.00 



Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

|l|«wYork Cincinnati • Chicaga 

O78) 



classical Dictionaries 



HARPER'S DICTIONARY OF CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND 
ANTIQUmES 

Edited by H. T. Peck, Ph.D., Professor of the Latin Language 
and Literature in Columbia University. 
Royal Octavo, 1716 pages. Illustrated. 

One Vol. Cloth . . $6.00 Two Vols. Cloth . . $7.00 
One Vol. Half Leather . 8.00 Two Vols. Half Leather . 10!00 

An encyclopaedia, giving the student, in a concise and intelligible 
form, the essential facts of classical antiquity. It also indicates the 
sources whence a fuller and more critical knowledge of these subjects 
can best be obtained. The articles, which are arranged alphabetically, 
include subjects in biography, mythology, geography, history, literature, 
antiquities, language, and bibliography. The illustrations are, for the 
most part, reproductions of ancient objects. The editor in preparing 
the book has received the co-operation and active assistance of the most 
eminent American and foreign scholars. 

SMITH'S DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES 

Edited by William Smith, Ph.D. Revised by Charles 
Anthon, LL.D. Octavo, 1 1 33 pages. Illustrated. Sheep $4.25 

Carefully revised, giving the results of the latest researches in the 
history, philology, and antiquities of the ancients. In the work of 
revision, the American editor has had the assistance of the most dis- 
tinguished scholars and scientists. 

STUDENTS' CLASSICAL DICTIONARY 

* 

A Dictionary of Biography, Mythology, and Geography. Abridged. 

By William Smith, D.C.L., LL.D. 

i2mo, 438 pages. Cloth $1 .25 

Designed for those schools and students who are excluded from the 
use of the larger Classical Dictionary, both by its size and its price. All 
names have been inserted which one would be likely to meet with at the 
beginning of classical study. 



Copies sentf prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati « Chicafiro 

<3xz) 



Greek Dictionaries 



LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENTSUSH LEXICON 

Revised and Enlarged. Compiled by Henry George Liddell, 
D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D., assisted by Henry Drisler, 
LL.D. Large Quarto, 1794 pages. Sheep . . . $10.00 

The present edition of this great work has been thoroughly revised, 
and large additions made to it. The editors have been favored with the 
co-operation of many scholars and several important articles have been 
entirely rewritten. 

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON— Intermediate 

Revised Edition. Large Octavo, 910 pages. 

Cloth, p. 50 ; Half Leather, $4.00 

This Abridgment is an entirely new work, designed to meet the 
ordinary requirements of instructors. It differs from the smaller 
abridged edition in that it is made from the last edition of the large 
Lexicon, and contains a large amount of new matter. 

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON— Abridged 

Revised Edition. Crown Octavo, 832 pages. Half Leather $1.25 

This Abridgment is intended chiefly for use by students in Secondary 
and College Preparatory Schools. 

THAYER'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 

Being Grimm*s Wilke's Clavis Novi Testamenti. Translated, 
Revised, and Enlarged by Joseph Henry Thayer, D.D., LL.D. 
Royal Quarto, 727 pages . Cloth, $5.00 ; Half Leather, $6.50 

This great work embodies and represents the results of the latest 
researches in modem philology and biblical exegesis. It traces histori- 
cally the signification and use of all words used in the New Testament, 
and carefully explains the difference between classical and sacred usage. 

YONGE'S ENGLISH-GREEK LEXICON 

By C. D. YoNGE. Edited by Henry Drisler, LL.D. 
. Royal Octavo, 903 pages. Sheep $4.50 

AUTENRIETH'S HOMERIC DICTIONARY 

Translated and Edited by Robert P. Keep, Ph.D. New Edition. 

Revised by Isaac Flagg, Ph.D. 

i2mo, 312 pages. Illustrated. Cloth . , f . $1.10 



Copies senty prepaid y to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicim;o 



A Descriptive Catalogue 
of High School and 
College Text-Books 



WE issue a complete descriptive catalogue of our 
text-books for secondary schools and higher institu- 
tions, illustrated with authors' portraits. For the con- 
venience of teachers, separate sections are published, 
devoted to the newest and best books in the following 
branches of study: 

ENGLISH 

MATHEMATICS 

HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE 

MODERN LANGUAGES 

ANCIENT LANGUAGES 

PHILOSOPHY AND EDUCATION 

If you are interested in any of these branches, we 
shall be very glad to send you on request the catalogue 
sections which you may wish to see. Address the nearest 
office of the Company. 



American Book Company 

Publishers of School and College Text-Books 
NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO 

BOSTON ATLANTA DALLAS SAN FRANCISCO 

(3«a)